TM Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Datasheet The Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E are 8-port Fast Ethernet PHY Transceivers supporting IEEE 802.3 physical layer applications at 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps. These devices provide Serial/Source Synchronous Serial Media Independent Interfaces (SMII/SS-SMII) and Reduced Media Independent Interface (RMII) for switching and other independent port applications. The LXT9785 and LXT9785E are identical except for the IP telephony features included in the LXT9785E transceiver. The LXT9785E is an enhanced version of the LXT9785 that detects Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) requiring power from the switch over a CAT5 cable. The system uses the information collected by the LXT9785E to apply power if the DTE at the far end requires power over the cable, such as an IP telephone. Each network port can provide a twisted-pair (TP) or Low-Voltage Positive Emitter Coupled Logic (LVPECL) interface. The twisted-pair interface supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps (10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX) Ethernet over twisted-pair. The LVPECL interface supports 100 Mbps (100BASE-FX) Ethernet over fiber-optic media. The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides three discrete LED driver outputs for each port. The devices support both half-duplex and full-duplex operation at 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps and require only a single 2.5 V power supply. Applications Enterprise switches IP telephony switches Storage Area Networks Multi-port Network Interface Cards (NICs) Product Features Eight IEEE 802.3-compliant 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX ports with integrated filters. 100BASE-FX fiber-optic capability on all ports. 2.5 V operation. Low power consumption; 250 mW per port typical. Multiple RMII or SMII/SS-SMII ports for independent PHY port operation. Auto MDI/MDIX crossover capability. Proprietary Optimal Signal ProcessingTM architecture improves SNR by 3 dB over ideal analog filters. Optimized for dual-high stacked RJ-45 applications. MDIO sectionalization into 2x4 or 1x8 configurations. Supports both auto-negotiation systems and legacy systems without auto-negotiation capability. Robust baseline wander correction. Configurable through the MDIO port or external control pins. JTAG boundary scan. 208-pin PQFP: LXT9785HC, LXT9785EHC, LXT9785HE. 241-ball BGA: LXT9785BC, LXT9785EBC. 196-ball BGA: LXT9785MBC (includes DTE detection similar to the LXT9785E) DTE detection for remote powering applications (LXT9785E and LXT9785MBC only). Extended temperature operation of -40 oC to +85 oC (LXT9785E only). 249241, Revision 12.0 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Legal Disclaimers INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH CORTINA SYSTEMS(R) PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN CORTINA'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE OF SUCH PRODUCTS, CORTINA ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND CORTINA DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY RELATING TO THE SALE AND/OR USE OF CORTINA PRODUCTS, INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT. Cortina products are not intended for use in medical, life saving, life sustaining, critical control or safety systems, or in nuclear facility applications. CORTINA SYSTEMS(R), CORTINATM, and the Cortina Earth Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cortina Systems, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the US and other countries. Any other product and company names are the trademarks of their respective owners. Copyright (c) 2001--2011 Cortina Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 2 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Contents Contents 1.0 Introduction.................................................................................................................................. 19 1.1 1.2 What You Will Find in This Document ................................................................................ 19 Related Documents ............................................................................................................ 19 2.0 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................. 20 3.0 Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions........................................................................ 21 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.0 PQFP Pin Assignments ...................................................................................................... 21 3.1.1 PQFP Pin Assignments - RMII Configuration ....................................................... 22 3.1.2 PQFP Pin Assignments - SMII Configuration ....................................................... 29 3.1.3 PQFP Pin Assignments - SS-SMII Configuration ................................................. 36 PQFP Signal Descriptions .................................................................................................. 43 3.2.1 Signal Name Conventions ..................................................................................... 43 3.2.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions - RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations.................. 43 BGA23 Ball Assignments.................................................................................................... 58 3.3.1 RMII BGA23 Ball List ............................................................................................. 58 3.3.2 SMII BGA23 Ball List ............................................................................................. 74 3.3.3 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List ....................................................................................... 89 BGA23 Signal Descriptions .............................................................................................. 104 3.4.1 Signal Name Conventions ................................................................................... 104 3.4.2 Signal Descriptions - RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations .......................... 105 BGA15 Ball Assignments.................................................................................................. 120 3.5.1 BGA15 Ball List.................................................................................................... 120 BGA15 Signal Descriptions .............................................................................................. 132 3.6.1 Signal Name Conventions ................................................................................... 132 3.6.2 Signal Descriptions - SMII and SS-SMII Configurations ..................................... 132 Functional Description.............................................................................................................. 139 4.1 4.2 4.3 Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 139 4.1.1 OSPTM Architecture ............................................................................................. 139 4.1.2 Comprehensive Functionality .............................................................................. 140 4.1.2.1 Sectionalization.................................................................................... 140 Interface Descriptions ....................................................................................................... 140 4.2.1 10/100 Network Interface..................................................................................... 140 4.2.1.1 Twisted-Pair Interface .......................................................................... 141 4.2.1.2 MDI Crossover (MDIX)......................................................................... 142 4.2.1.3 Fiber Interface...................................................................................... 142 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces................................................................... 142 4.3.1 Global MII Mode Select ....................................................................................... 142 4.3.2 Internal Loopback ................................................................................................ 143 4.3.3 RMII Data Interface.............................................................................................. 143 4.3.4 Serial Media Independent Interface (SMII) and Source Synchronous- Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII) ............................................................................ 144 4.3.4.1 SMII Interface....................................................................................... 144 4.3.4.2 Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface .................. 144 4.3.5 Configuration Management Interface .................................................................. 144 4.3.6 MII Isolate ............................................................................................................ 144 4.3.7 MDIO Management Interface .............................................................................. 144 4.3.8 MII Sectionalization.............................................................................................. 146 4.3.9 MII Interrupts........................................................................................................ 146 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 3 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 Contents 4.3.10 Global Hardware Control Interface ...................................................................... 147 4.3.11 FIFO Initial Fill Values.......................................................................................... 147 Operating Requirements................................................................................................... 148 4.4.1 Power Requirements ........................................................................................... 148 4.4.2 Clock/SYNC Requirements ................................................................................. 148 4.4.2.1 Reference Clock .................................................................................. 148 4.4.2.2 TxCLK Signal (SS-SMII only)............................................................... 148 4.4.2.3 TxSYNC Signal (SMII/SS-SMII)........................................................... 148 4.4.2.4 RxSYNC Signal (SS-SMII only) ........................................................... 148 4.4.2.5 RxCLK Signal (SS-SMII Only) ............................................................. 149 Initialization ....................................................................................................................... 149 4.5.1 MDIO Control Mode............................................................................................. 149 4.5.2 Hardware Control Mode....................................................................................... 149 4.5.3 Power-Down Mode .............................................................................................. 150 4.5.3.1 Global (Hardware) Power Down .......................................................... 151 4.5.3.2 Port (Software) Power Down ............................................................... 151 4.5.4 Reset ................................................................................................................... 151 4.5.5 Hardware Configuration Settings......................................................................... 151 Link Establishment............................................................................................................ 152 4.6.1 Auto-Negotiation .................................................................................................. 152 4.6.1.1 Base Page Exchange .......................................................................... 152 4.6.1.2 Manual Next Page Exchange .............................................................. 152 4.6.1.3 Controlling Auto-Negotiation ................................................................ 153 4.6.1.4 Link Criteria.......................................................................................... 153 4.6.1.5 Parallel Detection................................................................................. 153 4.6.1.6 Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is Enabled in Forced Speed Mode......................................................................................... 154 Serial MII Operation.......................................................................................................... 154 4.7.1 SMII Reference Clock.......................................................................................... 157 4.7.2 TxSYNC Pulse (SMII/SS-SMII)............................................................................ 157 4.7.3 Transmit Data Stream.......................................................................................... 157 4.7.3.1 Transmit Enable................................................................................... 157 4.7.3.2 Transmit Error ...................................................................................... 157 4.7.4 Receive Data Stream........................................................................................... 158 4.7.4.1 Carrier Sense....................................................................................... 158 4.7.4.2 Receive Data Valid .............................................................................. 158 4.7.4.3 Receive Error ....................................................................................... 158 4.7.4.4 Receive Status Encoding..................................................................... 158 4.7.5 Collision ............................................................................................................... 158 4.7.6 Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface .................................. 159 RMII Operation ................................................................................................................. 162 4.8.1 RMII Reference Clock.......................................................................................... 162 4.8.2 Transmit Enable................................................................................................... 163 4.8.3 Carrier Sense & Data Valid.................................................................................. 163 4.8.4 Receive Error....................................................................................................... 163 4.8.5 Out-of-Band Signaling ......................................................................................... 163 100 Mbps Operation ......................................................................................................... 166 4.9.1 100BASE-X Network Operations......................................................................... 166 4.9.2 100BASE-X Protocol Sublayer Operations.......................................................... 166 4.9.2.1 PCS Sublayer ...................................................................................... 166 4.9.3 PMA Sublayer...................................................................................................... 167 4.9.3.1 Link ...................................................................................................... 168 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 4 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 5.0 Contents 4.9.3.2 Link Failure Override............................................................................ 169 4.9.3.3 Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII) .......................................................... 169 4.9.3.4 Carrier Sense (SMII) ............................................................................ 169 4.9.3.5 Receive Data Valid (SMII).................................................................... 169 4.9.3.6 Twisted-Pair PMD Sublayer................................................................. 169 4.9.3.7 Fiber PMD Sublayer............................................................................. 170 10 Mbps Operation ........................................................................................................... 171 4.10.1 Preamble Handling .............................................................................................. 171 4.10.2 Dribble Bits .......................................................................................................... 171 4.10.3 Link Test .............................................................................................................. 171 4.10.3.1 Link Failure .......................................................................................... 172 4.10.4 Jabber.................................................................................................................. 172 DTE Discovery Process.................................................................................................... 172 4.11.1 Definitions ............................................................................................................ 172 4.11.2 Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY.................................................. 173 4.11.3 Management Interface and Control ..................................................................... 174 4.11.4 DTE Discovery Process Flow .............................................................................. 175 4.11.5 DTE Discovery Behavior...................................................................................... 176 Monitoring Operations ...................................................................................................... 177 4.12.1 Monitoring Auto-Negotiation ................................................................................ 177 4.12.2 Per-Port LED Driver Functions ............................................................................ 178 4.12.3 Out-of-Band Signaling ......................................................................................... 179 4.12.4 Boundary Scan Interface ..................................................................................... 180 4.12.5 State Machine...................................................................................................... 180 4.12.6 Instruction Register.............................................................................................. 180 4.12.7 Boundary Scan Register...................................................................................... 180 Cable Diagnostics Overview............................................................................................. 181 4.13.1 Features............................................................................................................... 181 4.13.2 Operation ............................................................................................................. 181 4.13.2.1 Short and Long Cable Testing Requirements...................................... 181 4.13.2.2 Precision .............................................................................................. 181 4.13.3 Implementation Considerations ........................................................................... 182 4.13.4 Basic Implementation .......................................................................................... 182 Link Hold-Off Overview..................................................................................................... 183 4.14.1 Features............................................................................................................... 183 4.14.2 Operation ............................................................................................................. 184 Application Information ............................................................................................................ 185 5.1 5.2 5.3 Design Recommendations................................................................................................ 185 General Design Guidelines............................................................................................... 185 5.2.1 Power Supply Filtering......................................................................................... 185 5.2.2 Power and Ground Plane Layout Considerations................................................ 186 5.2.2.1 Chassis Ground ................................................................................... 186 5.2.3 MII Terminations .................................................................................................. 186 5.2.4 Twisted-Pair Interface.......................................................................................... 186 5.2.4.1 Magnetic Requirements ....................................................................... 187 5.2.5 The Fiber Interface .............................................................................................. 187 5.2.6 LED Circuit........................................................................................................... 188 Typical Application Circuits............................................................................................... 188 6.0 Test Specifications.................................................................................................................... 194 7.0 Register Definitions................................................................................................................... 214 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 5 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 8.0 Package Specifications............................................................................................................. 234 8.1 9.0 Contents Top Label Markings .......................................................................................................... 240 Ordering Information................................................................................................................. 242 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 6 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figures Figures 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................... 20 RMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments ................................................................................................. 22 SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments ................................................................................................. 29 SS-SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments ........................................................................................... 36 241-Ball BGA23 Assignments (Top View)..................................................................................... 58 196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View)................................................................................... 120 Interface Signals.......................................................................................................................... 141 Internal Loopback ........................................................................................................................ 143 Management Interface Read Frame Structure ............................................................................ 145 Management Interface Write Frame Structure ............................................................................ 145 Port Address Scheme.................................................................................................................. 146 Interrupt Logic.............................................................................................................................. 147 Initialization Sequence................................................................................................................. 150 Auto-Negotiation Operation ......................................................................................................... 154 Typical SMII Interface.................................................................................................................. 155 Typical SMII Quad Sectionalization............................................................................................. 156 100 Mbps Serial MII Data Flow ................................................................................................... 157 Serial MII Transmit Synchronization............................................................................................ 157 Serial MII Receive Synchronization............................................................................................. 158 Typical SS-SMII Interface............................................................................................................ 160 Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization....................................................................................... 161 SS-SMII Transmit Timing ............................................................................................................ 162 SS-SMII Receive Timing ............................................................................................................. 162 RMII Data Flow............................................................................................................................ 163 Typical RMII Interface.................................................................................................................. 164 Typical RMII Quad Sectionalization............................................................................................. 165 100BASE-X Frame Format.......................................................................................................... 166 Protocol Sublayers ...................................................................................................................... 167 Typical IP Telephone System Connection................................................................................... 172 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785E Negotiation Flow Chart................................................................. 177 LED Pulse Stretching .................................................................................................................. 179 RMII Programmable Out-of-Band Signaling ................................................................................ 179 LED Circuit .................................................................................................................................. 188 Power and Ground Supply Connections ..................................................................................... 189 Typical Twisted-Pair Interface ..................................................................................................... 190 Recommended LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry................... 191 Recommended LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry...................... 192 ON Semiconductor Triple PECL-to-LVPECL Translator ............................................................. 193 SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing........................................................................................... 198 SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................... 199 SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing........................................................................................... 200 SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................... 200 SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing ............................................................................................... 201 SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing .............................................................................................. 202 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing..................................................................................... 203 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.................................................................................... 203 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing..................................................................................... 204 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing.................................................................................... 205 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing ......................................................................................... 205 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing ........................................................................................ 206 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 7 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 Figures RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing........................................................................................... 207 RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................... 207 RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing........................................................................................... 208 RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................... 209 RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing ............................................................................................... 209 RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing .............................................................................................. 210 Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing ............................................................................. 211 Fast Link Pulse Timing ................................................................................................................ 211 MDIO Write Timing (MDIO Sourced by MAC) ............................................................................. 212 MDIO Read Timing (MDIO Sourced by PHY) ............................................................................. 212 Power-Up Timing......................................................................................................................... 213 RESET_L Recovery Timing......................................................................................................... 213 PHY Identifier Bit Mapping .......................................................................................................... 218 208-Pin PQFP Plastic Package Specification ............................................................................. 235 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specifications - Top/Side Views (LXT9785BC) ................................. 236 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specifications - Bottom View (LXT9785BC) ...................................... 237 196-Ball BGA15 Package Specs - Top/Side Views (LXT9785MBC)........................................... 238 196-Ball BGA15 Package - Bottom View (LXT9785MBC).......................................................... 239 Example of Top Marking Information Labeled as Cortina Systems, Inc...................................... 240 Example of Top Marking Information Labeled as Intel Corporation* ........................................... 240 Example of Top Marking Information Labeled as Level One Communications* ......................... 241 Ordering Information - Sample .................................................................................................... 243 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 8 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Tables Tables 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Signal Type Descriptions............................................................................................................... 21 RMII PQFP Pin List ....................................................................................................................... 23 SMII PQFP Pin List........................................................................................................................ 30 SS-SMII PQFP Pin List.................................................................................................................. 37 RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP ................................................................................................. 43 SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions - PQFP.................................................................... 46 SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - PQFP .................................................................................... 46 SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - PQFP .............................................................................. 47 MDIO Control Interface Signals - PQFP ....................................................................................... 48 Signal Detect - PQFP ................................................................................................................... 49 Network Interface Signal Descriptions - PQFP............................................................................. 49 JTAG Test Signal Descriptions - PQFP........................................................................................ 50 Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP .................................................................................. 50 LED Signal Descriptions - PQFP .................................................................................................. 54 Power Supply Signal Descriptions - PQFP................................................................................... 55 Unused/Reserved Pins - PQFP .................................................................................................... 57 Receive FIFO Depth Considerations............................................................................................. 57 RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name ..................................................... 59 RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location ..................................................... 66 SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name...................................................... 74 SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location...................................................... 82 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name................................................ 89 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location................................................ 97 RMII Signal Descriptions - BGA23.............................................................................................. 105 SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions - BGA23................................................................ 108 SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - BGA23 ................................................................................ 108 SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - BGA23 .......................................................................... 109 MDIO Control Interface Signals - BGA23 ................................................................................... 110 Signal Detect - BGA23................................................................................................................ 111 Network Interface Signal Descriptions - BGA23 ......................................................................... 111 JTAG Test Signal Descriptions - BGA23 .................................................................................... 112 Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23 .............................................................................. 112 LED Signal Descriptions - BGA23 .............................................................................................. 116 Power Supply Signal Descriptions - BGA23 ............................................................................... 117 Unused/Reserved Pins - BGA23 ................................................................................................ 119 Receive FIFO Depth Configurations............................................................................................ 119 LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name .................................... 121 LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) ........... 126 BGA15 Signal Descriptions ........................................................................................................ 132 MDIX Selection............................................................................................................................ 142 MII Mode Select........................................................................................................................... 143 Global Hardware Configuration Settings ..................................................................................... 152 SMII Signal Summary.................................................................................................................. 155 RX Status Encoding Bit Definitions ............................................................................................. 159 SS-SMII ....................................................................................................................................... 159 4B/5B Coding .............................................................................................................................. 167 DTE Terms .................................................................................................................................. 173 Next Page Message #5 Code Word Definitions .......................................................................... 175 BSR Mode of Operation .............................................................................................................. 180 Supported JTAG Instructions ...................................................................................................... 180 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 9 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 Tables Magnetics Requirements............................................................................................................. 187 Absolute Maximum Ratings......................................................................................................... 194 Operating Conditions................................................................................................................... 194 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%) ............................................... 195 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%) ............................................... 196 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics - SD Pins ..................................................................... 196 Required Clock Characteristics ................................................................................................... 196 100BASE-TX Transceiver Characteristics................................................................................... 197 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics................................................................................... 197 10BASE-T Transceiver Characteristics ....................................................................................... 197 SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................... 198 SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................... 199 SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................... 200 SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................... 201 SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters............................................................................ 201 SMII-10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters............................................................................. 202 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters ................................................................. 203 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.................................................................................... 204 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters ................................................................. 204 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters ................................................................ 205 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters...................................................................... 206 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters..................................................................... 206 RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................... 207 RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................... 208 RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................... 208 RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................... 209 RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters ........................................................................... 210 RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters .......................................................................... 210 Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Parameters.......................................................... 211 MDIO Timing Parameters............................................................................................................ 212 Power-Up Timing Parameters ..................................................................................................... 213 RESET_L Recovery Timing Parameters ..................................................................................... 213 Register Set................................................................................................................................. 214 Control Register (Address 0) ....................................................................................................... 215 Status Register (Address 1) ........................................................................................................ 216 PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2) ................................................................................... 217 PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3) ................................................................................... 217 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)................................................................ 218 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5) ...................................... 219 Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6) ...................................................................... 220 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7) ....................................................... 220 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8).................................... 221 Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10) ...................................................................... 222 Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)............................................................................... 223 Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12).......................................................................... 224 Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)........................................................................... 225 LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14)...................................................................... 226 Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)................................................................... 228 RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19) ....................................................... 228 Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B) ............................................................................... 229 Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)...................................................................... 231 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 10 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 102 103 104 105 Tables Register Bit Map .......................................................................................................................... 232 241-Ball BGA23 Package Dimensions ........................................................................................ 237 196-Ball BGA15 Package Dimensions (LXT9785MBC) .............................................................. 239 Product Information ..................................................................................................................... 242 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 11 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision History Revision 12.0 Revision Date: 04 November 2011 * Changed the name and description of the Receive Status to Receive Status/Link Change, bit 12 in Table 94, Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11), on page 223. * Changed Pin 1 settings for "CFG Pin Settings" in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152. Revision 11.0 Revision Date: 16 April 2007 First release of this document from Cortina Systems, Inc. Revision Number: 010 Revision Date: 30-Mar-2006 Page Description page 55 Modified signal description text for VCCPECL in Table 15, Power Supply Signal Descriptions - PQFP. page 117 Modified signal description text for VCCPECL in Table 34, Power Supply Signal Descriptions - BGA23. page 149 Added note under Section 4.4.2.5, RxCLK Signal (SS-SMII Only). page 152 Modified CFG (1,2,3) settings for Register bit 0.8 when set to "1" in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings. page 215 Added table note 6 to Register bit 0.14 (Loopback) in Table 84, Control Register (Address 0) . page 218 Modified table note 6 (for Register bit 4.13) in Table 88, Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4). page 223 Modified note in Register bit 17.11 (Collision Status) in Table 94, Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11). page 240 Added Section 8.1, Top Label Markings. page 242 Modified Section 9.0, Ordering Information (Table 105, Product Information and Figure 72, Ordering Information Sample. Revision Number: 009 Revision Date: April 30, 2004 Page Description 1 Modified 196-Ball BGA and DTE Detection bullets under Product Features. 43 Added table note 3 (regarding LINKHOLD) to Table 13, Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP, on page 50. 88 Added table note 3 (regarding LINKHOLD) to Table 32, Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23, on page 112. 53 Modified Table 18 "RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name" through Table 23 "SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location" for ball, type, and reference page corrections. 229 Modified Table 104 "Product Information" [added new packaging information]. 230 Modified Figure 69 "Ordering Information - Sample" [changed Internal Package Designator for B and E, and added the GD and definition under Package Designator). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 12 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision Number: 008 Revision Date: April 15, 2004 Page Description All Globally added LEDn_3 to BGA15. 229 Added Figure 68 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785MBC 196-Ball BGA15 Package - Bottom View". Revision Number: 007 Revision Date: August 28, 2003 Page Description 21 Modified Figure 2 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785E RMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments". 22 Modified Table 2 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII PQFP Pin List". 26 Modified Figure 3 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments". 27 Modified Table 3 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII PQFP Pin List". 31 Modified Figure 4 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments". 32 Modified Table 4 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785 SS-SMII PQFP Pin List". 36 Modified Table 5 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP". 40 Modified Table 8 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - PQFP". 43 Modified Table 13 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP". 50 Modified Table 16 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Unused/Reserved Pins - PQFP". 51 Replaced old Figures 5, 6, and 7 with Figure 5 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E 241-Ball BGA23 Assignments (Top View)". 52 Modified Table 18 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name". 57 Modified Table 19 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location". 62 Modified Table 20 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name". 67 Modified Table 21 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location" 72 Modified Table 22 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name". 77 Modified Table 23 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location". 82 Modified Table 23 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location". 86 Modified Table 27 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - BGA23". 90 Modified Table 32 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23". 97 Modified Table 35 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Unused/Reserved Pins - BGA23". 98 Added Section 3.5, "BGA15 Ball Assignments" (including Figure 6 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785MBC 196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View)", Table 37 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name" through Table 39 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions". 116 Added second paragraph under Section 4.1, "Introduction". 117 Added note under Section 4.1.2.1, "Sectionalization". Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 13 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision Number: 007 Revision Date: August 28, 2003 Page 119 Description Added note under Table 40 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E MDIX Selection". 119 Added note under Section 4.3, "Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces". 120 Added note to Table 41 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E MII Mode Select". 120 Modified/added text under Section 4.3.2, "Internal Loopback". 121 Modified text under Section 4.3.6, "MII Isolate". 121 Section 4.3.7, "MDIO Management Interface": Added note under second paragraph. Added last paragraph. 123 Added note under Section 4.3.8, "MII Sectionalization". 124 Added new Section 4.3.11, "FIFO Initial Fill Values" 125 Modified paragraph three under Section 4.4.1, "Power Requirements". 127 Added notes under second and last paragraphs under Section 4.5.3, "Power-Down Mode". 128 Modified last bullet under Section 4.5.3.1, "Global (Hardware) Power Down". 128 Added last paragraph to Section 4.5.4, "Reset". 129 Modified Table 42 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Global Hardware Configuration Settings". 130 Change heading and modified last line under Section 4.6.1.2, "Manual Next Page Exchange". 130 Section 4.6.1.4, "Link Criteria": Changed scrambler to descrambler in first line. Modified second paragraph. Added two new paragraphs. 131 Added second paragraph under Section 4.6.1.5, "Parallel Detection". 131 Modified paragraphs under Section 4.6.1.6, "Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is Enabled in Forced Speed Mode". 136 Changed "1110" to "0101" under Section 4.7.4.3, "Receive Error". 141 Added note under first paragraph of Section 4.8, "RMII Operation" 148 Changed "asynchronously" to "synchronously" in second paragraph under Section 4.9.3.3, "Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII)". 148 Modified last sentence in first paragraph under Section 4.9.3.4, "Carrier Sense (SMII)". 149 Modified paragraph under Section 4.9.3.6.3, "Polarity Correction". 149 Added note under Section 4.9.3.7, "Fiber PMD Sublayer". 149 Added second paragraph under Section 4.9.3.7.1, "Far End Fault Indications". 150 Modified/added text under Section 4.10.1, "Preamble Handling". 151 Modified text under Section 4.10.4, "Jabber". 152 Modified first paragraph under Section 4.11, "DTE Discovery Process". 153 Modified Item 1 of Section 4.11.2, "Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY". 154 Modified second paragraph under Section 4.11.4, "DTE Discovery Process Flow". 155 Added Section 4.11.5, "DTE Discovery Behavior" 157 Added BGA15 information into first paragraph under Section 4.12.2, "Per-Port LED Driver Functions". 158 Added last sentence to first paragraph and note under first paragraph under Section 4.12.3, "Out-of-Band Signaling". 160 Added Section 4.13, "Cable Diagnostics Overview". Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 14 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision Number: 007 Revision Date: August 28, 2003 Page 161 Description Modified/added text under Section 4.13.3, "Implementation Considerations". 162 Added Section 4.14, "Link Hold-Off Overview". 173 Modified Table 52 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Operating Conditions" 176 Modified Table 58 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics" 178-195 Added note to Table 60 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters" through Table 77 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters". 178 Added table note to Table 60 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters". 184 Added table note to Table 66 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters". 190 Added table note to Table 72 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters" 198 Added software power-down and note to Table 80 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Power-Up Timing Parameters". 199 Modified paragraphs and added last paragraph under Section 7.0, "Register Definitions". 199 Modified Table 82 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Register Set". 200 Modified Table 83 "Control Register (Address 0)". 201 Modified Table 84 "Status Register (Address 1)". 203 Modified Table 85 "PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2)". 203 Modified Table 86 "PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3)" 204 Modified Table 87 "Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)" 205 Modified Table 88 "Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5)". 206 Modified Table 89 "Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6)". 206 Modified Table 90 "Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7)". 206 Modified Table 91 "Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8)". 207 Modified Table 92 "Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)". (Register bits 16.6, 16.4:3) 209 Modified Table 93 "Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)". (Register bit 17.8) 211 Modified Table 94 "Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)". 212 Modified Table 95 "Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)". 213 Modified Table 96 "LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14)". 214 Modified Table 97 "Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)". 215 Modified Table 98 "RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)". 216 Modified Table 99 "Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B)". (Register bit 27.6) 217 Added Table 100 "Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)". 219 Modified Table 101 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Register Bit Map". 226 Added Figure 102 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785MBC 196-Ball BGA15 Package Dimensions" 227 Modified table and figure under Section 9.0, "Ordering Information". Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 15 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision Number: 006 (INTERNAL RELEASE) Revision Date: June 10, 2003 Page Description 1 Changed "pseudo-ECL (PECL)" to "Low Voltage Positive Emitter Coupled Logic (LVPECL)" in the second paragraph, front page. 36 Modified Table 5 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP". Added last sentence to RXER0 through RXER7 signal description. 42 Modified Table 10 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Signal Detect - PQFP". 42 Modified Table 11 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Network Interface Signal Descriptions - PQFP", 43 Modified Table 13 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP". Added note to PREASEL signal description. 116 Modified Section 4.1, "Introduction". Changed "Pseudo-ECL (PECL)" to "Low Voltage PECL (LVPECL)" in the first paragraph, second sentence. 119 Replace text under Section 4.2.1.3, "Fiber Interface". 120 Modified Section 4.3.2, "Internal Loopback". 130 Modified last sentence under Section 4.6.1.4, "Link Criteria". 131 Modified text under Section 4.6.1.5, "Parallel Detection". Added second paragraph. 136 Modified text under Section 4.7.4.3, "Receive Error". 145 Changed "PECL" to "LVPECL in third paragraph, first sentence under Section 4.9.1, "100BASE-X Network Operations". 146 Modified Figure 28 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Protocol Sublayers". 148 Modified Section 4.9.3.3, "Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII)". Changed "asynchronously to "synchronously." 148 Modified text under Section 4.9.3.4, "Carrier Sense (SMII)". Revised last sentence in first paragraph. 149 Modified paragraph under Section 4.9.3.6.3, "Polarity Correction". 149 Replaced text under Section 4.9.3.7, "Fiber PMD Sublayer". 150 Modified Section 4.10.1, "Preamble Handling". Added text to last paragraph. 151 Modified first sentence under Section 4.10.4, "Jabber". 152 Modified first paragraph of Section 4.11, "DTE Discovery Process". 153 Modified Item 1 of Section 4.11.2, "Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY". 158 Modified Section 4.12.3, "Out-of-Band Signaling". Added sentence to end of first paragraph. 166 Replaced text under Section 5.2.5, "The Fiber Interface". 170 Replaced Figure 36 "Recommended Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry". 171 Replaced Figure 37 "Recommended Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry". 173 Modified Table 52 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Operating Conditions" (rolled in from spec update). 174 Modified Table 53 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%)". 175 Modified Table 54 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%)". 175 Added Table 55 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics - SD Pins". 176 Modified Table 58 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics". 200 Modified Table 83 "Control Register (Address 0)". 201 Modified Table 84 "Status Register (Address 1)". Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 16 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision Number: 006 (INTERNAL RELEASE) Revision Date: June 10, 2003 Page 204 Description Modified Table 87 "Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)". 205 Modified Table 88 "Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5)". 207 Modified Table 91 "Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8)". 207 Modified Table 92 "Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)". 209 Modified Table 93 "Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)". 211 Modified Table 94 "Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)" (rolled in from spec update) 212 Modified Table 95 "Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)". Changed all references of RO/SC to R/LH. 214 Modified Table 97 "Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)". 215 Modified Table 98 "RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)". Added note to Register bit 25.0. 216 Modified Table 99 "Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B)". 227 Modified Table 103 "Product Information". Revision Number: 005 Revision Date: January 2002 Page Description 1 Added bullet to Product Features 49 Modified Table 12 "Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions" (Added FIFOSEL1 and FIFOSEL0) 70 Added Section 2.6.1.6, "Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is Enabled in Forced Speed Mode" 109 Modified Figure 38 "Recommended Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry" 110 Added Figure 39 "Recommended Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry" 111 Added Figure 40 "ON Semiconductor Triple PECL-to-LVPECL Translator" 112 Modified Table 28 "Absolute Maximum Ratings" 112 Modified Table 29 "Operating Conditions" 114 Modified Table 31 "Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%)"(Output low voltage SD pins Max) 129 Modified Figure 53 "RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing" and Table 49 "RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters" 131 Modified Figure 55 "RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing" and Table 51 "RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters" 133 Modified Figure 57 "RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing" and Table 53 "RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters" 146 Modified Table 69 "Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)" (Bits 16.5 and 16.6) 148 Modified Table 71 "Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)" 168 Added product ordering table and diagram. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 17 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Revision History Revision Number: 003 Revision Date: April 2001 Page Description 1 Modified and added new language to front page. 61 Reset: Modified language in first paragraph. 85 Added new section on DTE discovery. 93 Supported JTAG Instructions table: replaced long hit streams with hex. 97 LED Circuit: Modified paragraph language. 97 LED Circuit diagram: Modified diagram. 99 Replaced Typical Fiber Interface diagram. 102 Required Clock Characteristics table: Replaced SMII Input frequency and RMII Input frequency symbol with "f". 122 Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Parameters: FLP burst width under Typ = 2. 126 Control Register table: Modified table and table notes. 128 PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3): Modified table. 128 PHY Identifier Bit Mapping: Modified diagram. 131 Auto-Negotiation Expansion: Modified table and table notes. 133 Port Configuration Register table: Modified table and table notes. 140 Trim Enable Register: Modified table (DTE Discovery). 141 Modified Register Bit Map table. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 18 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 1.0 1.0 Introduction Introduction This document contains information on the Cortina Systems(R) {Doc:ProductName:Long}. 1.1 What You Will Find in This Document This document contains the following sections: * Section 2.0, Block Diagram, on page 20 * Section 3.0, Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions, on page 21 This section contains pin/ball assignments and signal descriptions for the following: -- Section 3.1, PQFP Pin Assignments, on page 21 -- Section 3.2, PQFP Signal Descriptions, on page 43 -- Section 3.3, BGA23 Ball Assignments, on page 58 -- Section 3.4, BGA23 Signal Descriptions, on page 104 -- Section 3.5, BGA15 Ball Assignments, on page 120 -- Section 3.6, BGA15 Signal Descriptions, on page 132 * Section 4.0, Functional Description, on page 139 * Section 5.0, Application Information, on page 185 * Section 6.0, Test Specifications, on page 194 * Section 7.0, Register Definitions, on page 214 * Section 8.0, Package Specifications, on page 234 * Section 9.0, Ordering Information, on page 242 1.2 Related Documents Document Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Design and Layout Guide (R) Cortina Systems LXT9785/LXT9785E Specification Update (R) Document Number 249509 249357 Cortina Systems LXT9785/LXT9785E 100BASE-FX Fiber Optic Transceivers: Connecting a PECL/LVPECL Interface 250781 IP Telephony and DTE Discovery Using Cortina Systems(R) Ethernet PHYs 249611 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 19 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 2.0 2.0 Block Diagram Block Diagram Figure 1 provides the LXT9785/LXT9785E block diagram. Figure 1 Block Diagram 8-Port Global Functions RMII/SMII Contr ADD_[4:0] MDIO MDC Management / Mode Select Logic & LED Drivers 2 2 MDINT_L RESET_L PWRDN REFCLK SYNC (SMII only) Clock Generator 2 Register Set Manchester Encoder TX PCS TxDatan Parallel/Serial Converter Scrambler & Encoder 10 100 Pulse Shaper ECL Driver Auto Negotiation Mgmt Counters TP Driver + TP / Fiber Out + - Fiber selectn Register Set Media Select Clock Generator RxDatan Port LED Drivers 3 RX PCS LEDn_[3:1]_L + Adaptive EQ with BL Wander Cancellation 100TX - Serial to Parallel Converter Carrier Sense Data Valid Error Detect TPFOPn TPFONn 10 100 Manchester Decoder + 100FX Slicer - Decoder & Descrambler TP / Fiber In TPFIPn TPFINn + 10BT Per-Port Functions PORT 0 - PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 PORT 4 PORT 5 PORT 6 PORT 7 B3368-01 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 20 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.0 Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions 3.0 Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments The following sections show PQFP pin assignments and signal descriptions: * Section 3.1.1, PQFP Pin Assignments - RMII Configuration, on page 22 * Section 3.1.2, PQFP Pin Assignments - SMII Configuration, on page 29 * Section 3.1.3, PQFP Pin Assignments - SS-SMII Configuration, on page 36 Table 1 lists the acronyms and descriptions for signal types. Table 1 Signal Type Descriptions Acronym Description AI Analog Input AO Analog Output I Input O Output OD Open Drain Output ST Schmitt Triggered Input TS Three-State-able Output SL Slew-rate Limited Output IP Weak Internal Pull-Up ID Weak Internal Pull-Down Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 21 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.1.1 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments PQFP Pin Assignments - RMII Configuration Figure 2 and Table 2, RMII PQFP Pin List, on page 23 provide LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII PQFP pin assignments. RMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments 208....... VCCIO 207....... GNDIO 206....... RxData6_0 205....... RxData6_1 204....... TxData7_1 203....... TxData7_0 202....... TxEN7 201....... RxER7 200....... CRS_DV7 199....... GNDIO 198....... RxData7_0 197....... RxData7_1 196....... VCCD 195....... GNDD 194....... LED7_3_L 193....... LED7_2_L 192....... LED7_1_L 191....... LED6_3_L 190....... LED6_2_L 189....... LED6_1_L 188....... GNDIO 187....... LED5_3_L 186....... LED5_2_L 185....... LED5_1_L 184....... VCCD 183....... GNDD 182....... LED4_3_L 181....... LED4_2_L 180....... LED4_1_L 179....... SGND 178....... ModeSel1 177....... ModeSel0 176....... Section 175....... RESET_L 174....... PWRDWN 173....... G_FX/TP_L 172....... NC 171....... TRST_L 170....... TCK 169....... TMS 168....... TDO 167....... TDI 166....... SD7 165....... SD6 164....... VCCPECL 163....... GNDPECL 162....... SD5 161....... SD4 160....... NC 159....... NC 158....... VCCR7 157....... TPFIP7 Figure 2 Part # LXT9785/9785E XX FPO # XXXXXXXX Rev # BSMC 156 ....... TPFIN7 155 ....... GNDR7 154 ....... TPFOP7 153 ....... TPFON7 152 ....... VCCT6/7 151 ....... TPFON6 150 ....... TPFOP6 149 ....... GNDR6 148 ....... GNDT6/7 147 ....... TPFIN6 146 ....... TPFIP6 145 ....... VCCR6 144 ....... VCCR5 143 ....... TPFIP5 142 ....... TPFIN5 141 ....... GNDR5 140 ....... TPFOP5 139 ....... TPFON5 138 ....... VCCT4/5 137 ....... TPFON4 136 ....... TPFOP4 135 ....... GNDR4 134 ....... GNDT4/5 133 ....... TPFIN4 132 ....... TPFIP4 131 ....... VCCR4 130 ....... VCCR3 129 ....... TPFIP3 128 ....... TPFIN3 127 ....... GNDT2/3 126 ....... GNDR3 125 ....... TPFOP3 124 ....... TPFON3 123 ....... VCCT2/3 122 ....... TPFON2 121 ....... TPFOP2 120 ....... GNDR2 119 ....... TPFIN2 118 ....... TPFIP2 117 ....... VCCR2 116 ....... VCCR1 115 ....... TPFIP1 114 ....... TPFIN1 113 ....... GNDT0/1 112 ....... GNDR1 111 ....... TPFOP1 110 ....... TPFON1 109 ....... VCCT0/1 108 ....... TPFON0 107 ....... TPFOP0 106 ....... GNDR0 105 ....... TPFIN0 TxData1_1......53 RxData0_1......54 RxData0_0......55 VCCIO......56 GNDIO......57 CRS_DV0......58 RxER0/MDIX......59 TxEN0......60 TxData0_0......61 TxData0_1......62 MDC0......63 MDIO0......64 VCCD......65 GNDD......66 MDINT0_L......67 LED3_3_L......68 LED3_2_L......69 LED3_1_L......70 LED2_3_L......71 LED2_2_L......72 LED2_1_L......73 GNDIO......74 LED1_3_L......75 LED1_2_L......76 LED1_1_L......77 VCCD......78 GNDD......79 LED0_3_L......80 LED0_2_L......81 LED0_1_L......82 AMDIX_EN......83 MDDIS......84 CFG_3......85 CFG_2......86 CFG_1......87 ADD_4......88 ADD_3......89 ADD_2......90 ADD_1......91 ADD_0......92 TxSlew_1......93 TxSlew_0......94 SD_2P5V......95 SD0......96 SD1......97 VCCPECL......98 GNDPECL......99 SD2......100 SD3......101 NC......102 VCCR0......103 TPFIP0......104 CRS_DV6 ..... 1 RxER6/LINKHOLD..2 TxEN6 ..... 3 TxData6_0 ..... 4 TxData6_1 ..... 5 REFCLK1 ..... 6 RxData5_1 ..... 7 RxData5_0 ..... 8 GNDIO ..... 9 CRS_DV5 ..... 10 RxER5/FIFOSEL1.. 11 TxEN5 ..... 12 TxData5_0 ..... 13 TxData5_1 ..... 14 RxData4_1 ..... 15 RxData4_0 ..... 16 CRS_DV4 ..... 17 VCCIO ..... 18 GNDIO ..... 19 RxER4/FIFOSEL0.. 20 TxEN4 ..... 21 TxData4_0 ..... 22 TxData4_1 ..... 23 MDC1 ..... 24 MDIO1 ..... 25 MDINT1_L ..... 26 RxData3_1 ..... 27 RxData3_0 ..... 28 VCCIO ..... 29 GNDIO ..... 30 CRS_DV3 ..... 31 RxER3 ..... 32 TxEN3 ..... 33 TxData3_0 ..... 34 TxData3_1 ..... 35 RxData2_1 ..... 36 RxData2_0 ..... 37 GNDIO ..... 38 CRS_DV2 ..... 39 RxER2/PREASEL ..... 40 TxEN2 ..... 41 TxData2_0 ..... 42 TxData2_1 ..... 43 REFCLK0 ..... 44 RxData1_1 ..... 45 RxData1_0 ..... 46 VCCIO ..... 47 GNDIO ..... 48 CRS_DV1 ..... 49 RxER1/PAUSE ..... 50 TxEN1 ..... 51 TxData1_0 ..... 52 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 22 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments RMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 1 of 6) Pin Symbol Type Reference for Full Description 1 CRS_DV6 O, TS, SL Table 5 2 RxER6/LINKHOLD O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST 3 TxEN6 I, ID Table 5 4 TxData6_0 I, ID Table 5 5 TxData6_1 I, ID Table 5 6 REFCLK1 I Table 5 7 RxData5_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 8 RxData5_0 O, TS Table 5 Table 5 Table 13 9 GNDIO - Table 15 10 CRS_DV5 O, TS, SL Table 5 11 RxER5 /FIFOSEL1 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST 12 TxEN5 I, ID Table 5 13 TxData5_0 I, ID Table 5 14 TxData5_1 I, ID Table 5 15 RxData4_1 O, TS,ID Table 5 16 RxData4_0 O, TS Table 5 17 CRS_DV4 O, TS, SL Table 5 18 VCCIO - Table 15 19 GNDIO - Table 15 20 RxER4 /FIFOSEL0 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST 21 TxEN4 I, ID Table 5 22 TxData4_0 I, ID Table 5 23 TxData4_1 I, ID Table 5 24 MDC1 I, ST, ID Table 8 25 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 8 26 MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 8 27 RxData3_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 28 RxData3_0 O, TS Table 5 Table 5 Table 13 Table 5 Table 13 29 VCCIO - Table 15 30 GNDIO - Table 15 31 CRS_DV3 O, TS, SL Table 5 32 RxER3 O, TS, SL, ID Table 5 33 TxEN3 I, ID Table 5 34 TxData3_0 I, ID Table 5 35 TxData3_1 I, ID Table 5 36 RxData2_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 23 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments RMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 2 of 6) Pin Symbol Type Reference for Full Description 37 RxData2_0 O, TS Table 5 38 GNDIO - Table 15 39 CRS_DV2 O, TS, SL Table 5 40 RxER2 (PREASEL) O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST 41 TxEN2 I, ID Table 5 42 TxData2_0 I, ID Table 5 43 TxData2_1 I, ID Table 5 44 REFCLK0 I Table 5 Table 5 Table 13 45 RxData1_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 46 RxData1_0 O, TS Table 5 47 VCCIO - Table 15 48 GNDIO - Table 15 49 CRS_DV1 O, TS, SL Table 5 50 RxER1/PAUSE O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 5 51 TxEN1 I, ID Table 5 52 TxData1_0 I, ID Table 5 53 TxData1_1 I, ID Table 5 54 RxData0_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 55 RxData0_0 O, TS Table 5 56 VCCIO - Table 15 57 GNDIO - Table 15 58 CRS_DV0 O, TS, SL Table 5 59 RxER0/MDIX O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 5 60 TxEN0 I, ID Table 5 61 TxData0_0 I, ID Table 5 62 TxData0_1 I, ID Table 5 63 MDC0 I, ST, ID Table 8 64 MDIO0 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 8 65 VCCD - Table 15 66 GNDD - Table 15 67 MDINT0_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 8 68 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SO, IP Table 14 69 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 70 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 71 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 72 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 73 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 74 GNDIO - Table 15 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 24 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments RMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 3 of 6) Pin Symbol Type Reference for Full Description 75 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 76 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 77 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 78 VCCD - Table 15 79 GNDD - Table 15 80 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 81 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 82 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 83 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 13 84 MDDIS I, ST, ID Table 9 85 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 13 86 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 13 87 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 88 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 13 89 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 13 90 ADD_2 I, ST, ID Table 13 91 ADD_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 92 ADD_0 I, ST, ID Table 13 93 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 94 TxSLEW_0 I, ST, ID Table 13 95 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Table 10 96 SD0 I Table 10 97 SD1 I Table 10 98 VCCPECL - Table 15 99 GNDPECL - Table 15 100 SD2 I Table 10 101 SD3 I Table 10 102 NC - Table 17 103 VCCR0 - Table 15 104 TPFIP0 AO/AI Table 11 105 TPFIN0 AO/AI Table 11 106 GNDR0 - Table 15 107 TPFOP0 AO/AI Table 11 108 TPFON0 AO/AI Table 11 109 VCCT0/1 - Table 15 110 TPFON1 AO/AI Table 11 111 TPFOP1 AO/AI Table 11 112 GNDR1 - Table 15 113 GNDT0/1 - Table 15 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 25 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments RMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 4 of 6) Pin Symbol Type Reference for Full Description 114 TPFIN1 AO/AI Table 11 115 TPFIP1 AO/AI Table 11 116 VCCR1 - Table 15 117 VCCR2 - Table 15 118 TPFIP2 AO/AI Table 11 119 TPFIN2 AO/AI Table 11 120 GNDR2 - Table 15 121 TPFOP2 AO/AI Table 11 122 TPFON2 AO/AI Table 11 123 VCCT2/3 - Table 15 124 TPFON3 AO/AI Table 11 125 TPFOP3 AO/AI Table 11 126 GNDR3 - Table 15 127 GNDT2/3 - Table 15 128 TPFIN3 AO/AI Table 11 129 TPFIP3 AO/AI Table 11 130 VCCR3 - Table 15 131 VCCR4 - Table 15 132 TPFIP4 AO/AI Table 11 133 TPFIN4 AO/AI Table 11 134 GNDT4/5 - Table 15 135 GNDR4 - Table 15 136 TPFOP4 AO/AI Table 11 137 TPFON4 AO/AI Table 11 138 VCCT4/5 - Table 15 139 TPFON5 AO/AI Table 11 140 TPFOP5 AO/AI Table 11 141 GNDR5 - Table 15 142 TPFIN5 AO/AI Table 11 143 TPFIP5 AO/AI Table 11 144 VCCR5 - Table 15 145 VCCR6 - Table 15 146 TPFIP6 AO/AI Table 11 147 TPFIN6 AO/AI Table 11 148 GNDT6/7 - Table 15 149 GNDR6 - Table 15 150 TPFOP6 AO/AI Table 11 151 TPFON6 AO/AI Table 11 152 VCCT6/7 - Table 15 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 26 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments RMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 5 of 6) Pin Symbol Type Reference for Full Description 153 TPFON7 AO/AI Table 11 154 TPFOP7 AO/AI Table 11 155 GNDR7 - Table 15 156 TPFIN7 AO/AI Table 11 157 TPFIP7 AO/AI Table 11 158 VCCR7 - Table 15 159 NC - Table 17 160 NC - Table 17 161 SD4 I Table 10 162 SD5 I Table 10 163 GNDPECL - Table 15 164 VCCPECL - Table 15 165 SD6 I Table 10 166 SD7 I Table 10 167 TDI I, ST, IP Table 12 168 TDO O, TS Table 12 169 TMS I, ST, IP Table 12 170 TCK I, ST, ID Table 12 171 TRST_L I, ST, IP Table 12 172 NC - Table 17 173 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 13 174 PWRDWN I, ST, ID Table 13 175 RESET_L I, ST, IP Table 13 176 SECTION I, ST, ID Table 13 177 ModeSel0 I, ST, ID Table 13 178 ModeSel1 I, ST, ID Table 13 179 SGND - Table 15 180 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 181 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 182 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 183 GNDD - Table 15 184 VCCD - Table 15 185 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 186 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 187 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 188 GNDIO - Table 15 189 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 190 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 191 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 27 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments RMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 6 of 6) Pin Symbol Type Reference for Full Description 192 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 193 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 194 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 5 195 GNDD - Table 15 196 VCCD - Table 15 197 RxData7_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 198 RxData7_0 O, TS Table 5 199 GNDIO - Table 15 200 CRS_DV7 O, TS, SL Table 5 201 RxER7 O, TS, SL, ID Table 5 202 TxEN7 I, ID Table 5 203 TxData7_0 I, ID Table 5 204 TxData7_1 I, ID Table 5 205 RxData6_1 O, TS, ID Table 5 206 RxData6_0 O, TS Table 5 207 GNDIO - Table 15 208 VCCIO - Table 15 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 28 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.1.2 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments PQFP Pin Assignments - SMII Configuration Figure 3 and Table 3, SMII PQFP Pin List, on page 30 provide the LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII PQFP pin assignments. SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments 208 ....... 207 ....... 206 ....... 205 ....... 204 ....... 203 ....... 202 ....... 201 ....... 200 ....... 199 ....... 198 ....... 197 ....... 196 ....... 195 ....... 194 ....... 193 ....... 192 ....... 191 ....... 190 ....... 189 ....... 188 ....... 187 ....... 186 ....... 185 ....... 184 ....... 183 ....... 182 ....... 181 ....... 180 ....... 179 ....... 178 ....... 177 ....... 176 ....... 175 ....... 174 ....... 173 ....... 172 ....... 171....... 170 ....... 169 ....... 168 ....... 167 ....... 166 ....... 165 ....... 164 ....... 163 ....... 162 ....... 161 ....... 160 ....... 159 ....... 158 ....... 157 ....... VCCIO GNDIO RxData6 NC SYNC1 TxData7 NC NC NC GNDIO RxData7 NC VCCD GNDD LED7_3_L LED7_2_L LED7_1_L LED6_3_L LED6_2_L LED6_1_L GNDIO LED5_3_L LED5_2_L LED5_1_L VCCD GNDD LED4_3_L LED4_2_L LED4_1_L SGND ModeSel_1 ModeSel_0 Section RESET_L PWRDWN G_FX/TP_L NC TRST_L TCK TMS TDO TDI SD7 SD6 VCCPECL GNDPECL SD5 SD4 NC NC VCCR7 TPFIP7 Figure 3 Part # LXT9785/9785E XX FPO # XXXXXXXX Rev # BSMC 156 .......TPFIN7 155 .......GNDR7 154 .......TPFOP7 153 .......TPFON7 152 .......VCCT6/7 151 .......TPFON6 150 .......TPFOP6 149 .......GNDR6 148 .......GNDT6/7 147 .......TPFIN6 146 .......TPFIP6 145 .......VCCR6 144 .......VCCR5 143 .......TPFIP5 142 .......TPFIN5 141 .......GNDR5 140 .......TPFOP5 139 .......TPFON5 138 .......VCCT4/5 137 .......TPFON4 136 .......TPFOP4 135 .......GNDR4 134 .......GNDT4/5 133 .......TPFIN4 132 .......TPFIP4 131 .......VCCR4 130 .......VCCR3 129 .......TPFIP3 128 .......TPFIN3 127 .......GNDT2/3 126 .......GNDR3 125 .......TPFOP3 124 .......TPFON3 123 .......VCCT2/3 122 .......TPFON2 121 .......TPFOP2 120 .......GNDR2 119 .......TPFIN2 118 .......TPFIP2 117 .......VCCR2 116 .......VCCR1 115 .......TPFIP1 114 .......TPFIN1 113 .......GNDT0/1 112 .......GNDR1 111 .......TPFOP1 110 .......TPFON1 109 .......VCCT0/1 108 .......TPFON0 107 .......TPFOP0 106 .......GNDR0 105 .......TPFIN0 NC ..... 53 NC ..... 54 RxData0 ..... 55 VCCIO ..... 56 GNDIO ..... 57 NC ..... 58 MDIX ..... 59 NC ..... 60 TxData0 ..... 61 NC ..... 62 MDC0 ..... 63 MDIO0 ..... 64 VCCD ..... 65 GNDD ..... 66 MDINT0_L ..... 67 LED3_3_L ..... 68 LED3_2_L ..... 69 LED3_1_L ..... 70 LED2_3_L ..... 71 LED2_2_L ..... 72 LED2_1_L ..... 73 GNDIO ..... 74 LED1_3_L ..... 75 LED1_2_L ..... 76 LED1_1_L ..... 77 VCCD ..... 78 GNDD ..... 79 LED0_3_L ..... 80 LED0_2_L ..... 81 LED0_1_L ..... 82 AMDIX_EN ..... 83 MDDIS ..... 84 CFG_3 ..... 85 CFG_2 ..... 86 CFG_1 ..... 87 ADD_4 ..... 88 ADD_3 ..... 89 ADD_2 ..... 90 ADD_1 ..... 91 ADD_0 ..... 92 TxSlew_1 ..... 93 TxSlew_0 ..... 94 SD_2P5V ..... 95 SD0 ..... 96 SD1 ..... 97 VCCPECL ..... 98 GNDPECL ..... 99 SD2 ..... 100 SD3 ..... 101 NC ..... 102 VCCR0 ..... 103 TPFIP0 ..... 104 NC ..... 1 NC/LINKHOLD ..... 2 NC ..... 3 TxData6 ..... 4 NC ..... 5 REFCLK1 ..... 6 NC ..... 7 RxData5 ..... 8 GNDIO ..... 9 NC ..... 10 FIFOSEL1 ..... 11 NC ..... 12 TxData5 ..... 13 NC ..... 14 NC ..... 15 RxData4 ..... 16 NC ..... 17 VCCIO ..... 18 GNDIO ..... 19 FIFOSEL0 ..... 20 NC ..... 21 TxData4 ..... 22 NC ..... 23 MDC1 ..... 24 MDIO1 ..... 25 MDINT1_L ..... 26 NC ..... 27 RxData3 ..... 28 VCCIO ..... 29 GNDIO ..... 30 NC ..... 31 NC ..... 32 NC ..... 33 TxData3 ..... 34 SYNC0 ..... 35 NC ..... 36 RxData2 ..... 37 GNDIO ..... 38 NC ..... 39 PREASEL ..... 40 NC ..... 41 TxData2 ..... 42 NC ..... 43 REFCLK0 ..... 44 NC ..... 45 RxData1 ..... 46 VCCIO ..... 47 GNDIO ..... 48 NC ..... 49 PAUSE ..... 50 NC ..... 51 TxData1 ..... 52 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 29 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 1 of 6) Pin Symbol 1 NC 2 NC/LINKHOLD 3 NC 4 TxData6 5 NC 6 7 8 Type1 Reference for Full Description - Table 16 I, ID, Table 16 Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 - Table 16 REFCLK1 I Table 5 NC - Table 16 RxData5 O, TS Table 6 9 GNDIO - Table 15 10 NC 11 FIFOSEL1 12 NC 13 TxData5 14 15 16 RxData4 17 - Table 16 I, ID, ST Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 NC - Table 16 NC - Table 16 O, TS Table 6 NC - Table 16 18 VCCIO - Table 15 19 GNDIO - Table 15 20 FIFOSEL0 I, ID, ST Table 13 21 NC I, ID Table 16 22 TxData4 I, ID Table 6 23 NC - Table 16 24 MDC1 I, ST, ID Table 9 25 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 9 26 MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 9 27 NC - Table 16 28 RxData3 O, TS Table 6 29 VCCIO - Table 15 30 GNDIO - Table 15 31 NC - Table 16 32 NC - Table 16 33 NC - Table 16 34 TxData3 I, ID Table 6 35 SYNC0 I, ID Table 7 36 NC - Table 16 37 RxData2 O, TS Table 6 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 30 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 2 of 6) Type1 Pin Symbol Reference for Full Description 38 GNDIO - Table 15 39 NC - Table 16 40 PREASEL I, ID, ST Table 13 41 NC - Table 16 42 TxData2 I, ID Table 6 43 NC - Table 16 44 REFCLK0 I Table 5 45 NC - Table 16 46 RxData1 O, TS Table 6 47 VCCIO - Table 15 48 GNDIO - Table 15 49 NC - Table 16 I, ID, ST Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 - Table 16 50 PAUSE 51 NC 52 TxData1 53 NC 54 NC 55 RxData0 - Table 16 O, TS Table 6 56 VCCIO - Table 15 57 GNDIO - Table 15 58 NC 59 MDIX 60 NC 61 TxData0 62 NC 63 MDC0 64 MDIO0 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 9 65 VCCD - Table 15 66 GNDD - Table 15 67 MDINT0_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 9 68 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SO, IP Table 14 69 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 70 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 71 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 72 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 73 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 74 GNDIO - Table 15 75 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 76 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 - Table 16 I, ID, ST Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 - Table 16 I, ST, ID Table 9 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 31 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 3 of 6) Pin Symbol Type1 Reference for Full Description 77 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 78 VCCD - Table 15 79 GNDD - Table 15 80 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 81 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 82 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 83 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 13 84 MDDIS I, ST, ID Table 8 85 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 13 86 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 13 87 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 88 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 13 89 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 13 90 ADD_2 I, ST, ID Table 13 91 ADD_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 92 ADD_0 I, ST, ID Table 13 93 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 94 TxSLEW_0 I, ST, ID Table 13 95 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Table 10 96 SD0 I Table 10 97 SD1 I Table 10 98 VCCPECL - Table 15 99 GNDPECL - Table 15 100 SD2 I Table 10 101 SD3 I Table 10 102 NC - Table 17 103 VCCR0 - Table 15 104 TPFIP0 AI/AO Table 11 105 TPFIN0 AI/AO Table 11 106 GNDR0 - Table 15 107 TPFOP0 AO/AI Table 11 108 TPFON0 AO/AI Table 11 109 VCCT0/1 - Table 15 110 TPFON1 AO/AI Table 11 111 TPFOP1 AO/AI Table 11 112 GNDR1 - Table 15 113 GNDT0/1 - Table 15 114 TPFIN1 AI/AO Table 11 115 TPFIP1 AI/AO Table 11 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 32 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 4 of 6) Type1 Pin Symbol Reference for Full Description 116 VCCR1 - Table 15 117 VCCR2 - Table 15 118 TPFIP2 AI/AO Table 11 119 TPFIN2 AI/AO Table 11 120 GNDR2 - Table 15 121 TPFOP2 AO/AI Table 11 122 TPFON2 AO/AI Table 11 123 VCCT2/3 - Table 15 124 TPFON3 AO/AI Table 11 125 TPFOP3 AO/AI Table 11 126 GNDR3 - Table 15 127 GNDT2/3 - Table 15 128 TPFIN3 AI/AO Table 11 129 TPFIP3 AI/AO Table 11 130 VCCR3 - Table 15 131 VCCR4 - Table 15 132 TPFIP4 AI/AO Table 11 133 TPFIN4 AI/AO Table 11 134 GNDT4/5 - Table 15 135 GNDR4 - Table 15 136 TPFOP4 AO/AI Table 11 137 TPFON4 AO/AI Table 11 138 VCCT4/5 - Table 15 139 TPFON5 AO/AI Table 11 140 TPFOP5 AO/AI Table 11 141 GNDR5 - Table 15 142 TPFIN5 AI/AO Table 11 143 TPFIP5 AI/AO Table 11 144 VCCR5 - Table 15 145 VCCR6 - Table 15 146 TPFIP6 AI/AO Table 11 147 TPFIN6 AI/AO Table 11 148 GNDT6/7 - Table 15 149 GNDR6 - Table 15 150 TPFOP6 AO/AI Table 11 151 TPFON6 AO/AI Table 11 152 VCCT6/7 - Table 15 153 TPFON7 AO/AI Table 11 154 TPFOP7 AO/AI Table 11 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 33 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 5 of 6) Type1 Pin Symbol Reference for Full Description 155 GNDR7 - Table 15 156 TPFIN7 AI/AO Table 11 157 TPFIP7 AI/AO Table 11 158 VCCR7 - Table 15 159 NC - Table 17 160 NC - Table 17 161 SD4 I Table 10 162 SD5 I Table 10 163 GNDPECL - Table 15 164 VCCPECL - Table 15 165 SD6 I Table 10 166 SD7 I Table 10 167 TDI I, ST, IP Table 12 168 TDO O, TS Table 12 169 TMS I, ST, IP Table 12 170 TCK I, ST, ID Table 12 171 TRST_L I, ST, IP Table 12 172 NC - Table 17 173 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 13 174 PWRDWN I, ST, ID Table 13 175 RESET_L I, ST, IP Table 13 176 Section I, ST, ID Table 13 177 ModeSel0 I, ST, ID Table 13 178 ModeSel1 I, ST, ID Table 13 179 SGND - Table 15 180 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 181 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 182 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 183 GNDD - Table 15 184 VCCD - Table 15 185 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 186 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 187 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 188 GNDIO - Table 15 189 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 190 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 191 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 192 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 193 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 34 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 6 of 6) Pin Symbol Type1 Reference for Full Description 194 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 5 195 GNDD - Table 15 196 VCCD - Table 15 197 NC O, TS, ID Table 16 198 RxData7 O, TS Table 6 199 GNDIO - Table 15 200 NC - Table 16 201 NC - Table 16 202 NC - Table 16 203 TxData7 I, ID Table 6 204 SYNC1 I, ID Table 5 205 NC - Table 16 206 RxData6 O, TS Table 6 207 GNDIO - Table 15 208 VCCIO - Table 15 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 35 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.1.3 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments PQFP Pin Assignments - SS-SMII Configuration Figure 4 and Table 4, SS-SMII PQFP Pin List, on page 37 provide the LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII PQFP pin assignments. SS-SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments 208........ VCCIO 207........ GNDIO 206........ NC 205........ RxData6 204........ TxSYNC1 203........ TxData7 202........ NC 201........ TxCLK1 200........ NC 199........ GNDIO 198........ NC 197........ RxData7 196........VCCD 195........ GNDD 194........ LED7_3_L 193........ LED7_2_L 192........ LED7_1_L 191........ LED6_3_L 190........ LED6_2_L 189........ LED6_1_L 188........ GNDIO 187........ LED5_3_L 186........ LED5_2_L 185........ LED5_1_L 184........ VCCD 183........ GNDD 182........ LED4_3_L 181........ LED4_2_L 180........ LED4_1_L 179........ SGND 178........ ModeSel_1 177........ ModeSel_0 176........ Section 175........ RESET_L 174........ PWRDWN 173........ G_FX/TP_L 172........ NC 171....... TRST_L 170........ TCK 169........ TMS 168........ TDO 167........ TDI 166........ SD7 165........ SD6 164........ VCCPECL 163........ GNDPECL 162........ SD5 161........ SD4 160........ NC 159........ NC 158........ VCCR7 157........ TPFIP7 Figure 4 Part # LXT9785/9785E XX FPO # XXXXXXXX Rev # BSMC 156....... TPFIN7 155....... GNDR7 154....... TPFOP7 153....... TPFON7 152....... VCCT6/7 151....... TPFON6 150....... TPFOP6 149....... GNDR6 148....... GNDT6/7 147....... TPFIN6 146....... TPFIP6 145....... VCCR6 144....... VCCR5 143....... TPFIP5 142....... TPFIN5 141....... GNDR5 140....... TPFOP5 139....... TPFON5 138....... VCCT4/5 137....... TPFON4 136....... TPFOP4 135....... GNDR4 134....... GNDT4/5 133....... TPFIN4 132....... TPFIP4 131....... VCCR4 130....... VCCR3 129....... TPFIP3 128....... TPFIN3 127....... GNDT2/3 126....... GNDR3 125....... TPFOP3 124....... TPFON3 123....... VCCT2/3 122....... TPFON2 121....... TPFOP2 120....... GNDR2 119....... TPFIN2 118....... TPFIP2 117....... VCCR2 116....... VCCR1 115....... TPFIP1 114....... TPFIN1 113....... GNDT0/1 112....... GNDR1 111....... TPFOP1 110....... TPFON1 109....... VCCT0/1 108....... TPFON0 107....... TPFOP0 106....... GNDR0 105....... TPFIN0 NC ..... 53 RxData0 ..... 54 NC ..... 55 VCCIO ..... 56 GNDIO ..... 57 RxSYNC0 ..... 58 MDIX ..... 59 RxCLK0 ..... 60 TxData0 ..... 61 NC ..... 62 MDC0 ..... 63 MDIO0 ..... 64 VCCD ..... 65 GNDD ..... 66 MDINT0_L ..... 67 LED3_3_L ..... 68 LED3_2_L ..... 69 LED3_1_L ..... 70 LED2_3_L ..... 71 LED2_2_L ..... 72 LED2_1_L ..... 73 GNDIO ..... 74 LED1_3_L ..... 75 LED1_2_L ..... 76 LED1_1_L ..... 77 VCCD ..... 78 GNDD ..... 79 LED0_3_L ..... 80 LED0_2_L ..... 81 LED0_1_L ..... 82 AMDIX_EN ..... 83 MDDIS ..... 84 CFG_3 ..... 85 CFG_2 ..... 86 CFG_1 ..... 87 ADD_4 ..... 88 ADD_3 ..... 89 ADD_2 ..... 90 ADD_1 ..... 91 ADD_0 ..... 92 TxSlew_1 ..... 93 TxSlew_0 ..... 94 SD_2P5V ..... 95 SD0 ..... 96 SD1 ..... 97 VCCPECL ..... 98 GNDPECL ..... 99 SD2 ..... 100 SD3 ..... 101 NC ..... 102 VCCR0 ..... 103 TPFIP0 ..... 104 NC ..... 1 NC/LINKHOLD ..... 2 NC ..... 3 TxData6 ..... 4 NC ..... 5 REFCLK1 ..... 6 RxData5 ..... 7 NC ..... 8 GNDIO ..... 9 NC ..... 10 FIFOSEL1 ..... 11 NC ..... 12 TxData5 ..... 13 NC ..... 14 RxData4 ..... 15 NC ..... 16 RxSYNC1 ..... 17 VCCIO ..... 18 GNDIO ..... 19 FIFOSEL0 ..... 20 RxCLK1 ..... 21 TxData4 ..... 22 NC ..... 23 MDC1 ..... 24 MDIO1 ..... 25 MDINT1_L ..... 26 RxData3 ..... 27 NC ..... 28 VCCIO ..... 29 GNDIO ..... 30 NC ..... 31 TxCLK0 ..... 32 NC ..... 33 TxData3 ..... 34 TxSYNC0 ..... 35 RxData2 ..... 36 NC ..... 37 GNDIO ..... 38 NC ..... 39 PREASEL ..... 40 NC ..... 41 TxData2 ..... 42 NC ..... 43 REFCLK0 ..... 44 RxData1 ..... 45 NC ..... 46 VCCIO ..... 47 GNDIO ..... 48 NC ..... 49 PAUSE ..... 50 NC ..... 51 TxData1 ..... 52 PAUSE ..... 52 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 36 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 4 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SS-SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 1 of 6) Pin 1 Symbol NC 2 NC/ LINKHOLD 3 NC 4 TxData6 5 NC 6 REFCLK1 7 RxData5 8 Type1 Reference for Full Description - Table 16 - I, ID Table 16 Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 I Table 16 I Table 6 O, TS, ID Table 8 NC - Table 16 9 GNDIO - Table 15 10 NC 11 FIFOSEL1 12 NC 13 TxData5 14 NC 15 RxData4 16 NC 17 RxSYNC1 - Table 16 I, ID, ST Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 - Table 16 O, TS, ID Table 8 - Table 16 O, TS, ID Table 8 18 VCCIO - Table 15 19 GNDIO - Table 15 20 FIFOSEL0 I, ID, ST Table 13 21 RxCLK1 O, TS, ID Table 8 22 TxData4 I, ID Table 6 23 NC - Table 16 24 MDC1 I, ST, ID Table 9 25 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 9 26 MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 9 27 RxData3 O, TS, ID Table 8 28 NC - Table 16 29 VCCIO - Table 15 30 GNDIO - Table 15 31 NC - Table 16 32 TxCLK0 I, ID Table 8 33 NC - Table 16 34 TxData3 I, ID Table 6 35 TxSYNC0 I, ID Table 8 36 RxData2 O, TS, ID Table 8 37 NC - Table 16 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 37 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 4 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SS-SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 2 of 6) Type1 Pin Symbol Reference for Full Description 38 GNDIO - Table 15 39 NC - Table 16 40 PREASEL I, ST Table 13 41 NC - Table 16 42 TxData2 I, ID Table 6 43 NC - Table 16 44 REFCLK0 I Table 6 45 RxData1 O, TS, ID Table 8 46 NC - Table 16 47 VCCIO - Table 15 48 GNDIO - Table 15 49 NC - Table 16 I, ID, ST Table 13 - Table 16 I, ID Table 6 - Table 16 50 PAUSE 51 NC 52 TxData1 53 NC 54 RxData0 O, TS, ID Table 8 55 NC - Table 16 56 VCCIO - Table 15 57 GNDIO - Table 15 58 RxSYNC0 O, TS, ID Table 8 59 MDIX I, ID, ST Table 13 60 RxCLK0 - Table 8 61 TxData0 I, ID Table 6 62 NC - Table 16 63 MDC0 I, ST, ID Table 9 64 MDIO0 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 9 65 VCCD - Table 15 66 GNDD - Table 15 67 MDINT0_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 9 68 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SO, IP Table 14 69 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 70 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 71 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 72 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 73 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 74 GNDIO - Table 15 75 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 76 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 38 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 4 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SS-SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 3 of 6) Pin Symbol Type1 Reference for Full Description 77 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 78 VCCD - Table 15 79 GNDD - Table 15 80 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 81 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 82 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 83 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 13 84 MDDIS I, ST, ID Table 9 85 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 13 86 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 13 87 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 88 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 13 89 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 13 90 ADD_2 I, ST, ID Table 13 91 ADD_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 92 ADD_0 I, ST, ID Table 13 93 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID Table 13 94 TxSLEW_0 I, ST, ID Table 13 95 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Table 10 96 SD0 I Table 10 97 SD1 I Table 10 98 VCCPECL - Table 15 99 GNDPECL - Table 15 100 SD2 I Table 10 101 SD3 I Table 10 102 NC - Table 16 103 VCCR0 - Table 15 104 TPFIP0 AI/AO Table 11 105 TPFIN0 AI/AO Table 11 106 GNDR0 - Table 15 107 TPFOP0 AO/AI Table 11 108 TPFON0 AO/AI Table 11 109 VCCT0/1 - Table 15 110 TPFON1 AO/AI Table 11 111 TPFOP1 AO/AI Table 11 112 GNDR1 - Table 15 113 GNDT0/1 - Table 15 114 TPFIN1 AI/AO Table 11 115 TPFIP1 AI/AO Table 11 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 39 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 4 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SS-SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 4 of 6) Type1 Pin Symbol Reference for Full Description 116 VCCR1 - Table 15 117 VCCR2 - Table 15 118 TPFIP2 AI/AO Table 11 119 TPFIN2 AI/AO Table 11 120 GNDR2 - Table 15 121 TPFOP2 AO/AI Table 11 122 TPFON2 AO/AI Table 11 123 VCCT2/3 - Table 15 124 TPFON3 AO/AI Table 11 125 TPFOP3 AO/AI Table 11 126 GNDR3 - Table 15 127 GNDT2/3 - Table 15 128 TPFIN3 AI/AO Table 11 129 TPFIP3 AI/AO Table 11 130 VCCR3 - Table 15 131 VCCR4 - Table 15 132 TPFIP4 AI/AO Table 11 133 TPFIN4 AI/AO Table 11 134 GNDT4/5 - Table 15 135 GNDR4 - Table 15 136 TPFOP4 AO/AI Table 11 137 TPFON4 AO/AI Table 11 138 VCCT4/5 - Table 15 139 TPFON5 AO/AI Table 11 140 TPFOP5 AO/AI Table 11 141 GNDR5 - Table 15 142 TPFIN5 AI/AO Table 11 143 TPFIP5 AI/AO Table 11 144 VCCR5 - Table 15 145 VCCR6 - Table 15 146 TPFIP6 AI/AO Table 11 147 TPFIN6 AI/AO Table 11 148 GNDT6/7 - Table 15 149 GNDR6 - Table 15 150 TPFOP6 AO/AI Table 11 151 TPFON6 AO/AI Table 11 152 VCCT6/7 - Table 15 153 TPFON7 AO/AI Table 11 154 TPFOP7 AO/AI Table 11 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 40 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 4 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SS-SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 5 of 6) Type1 Pin Symbol Reference for Full Description 155 GNDR7 - Table 15 156 TPFIN7 AI/AO Table 11 157 TPFIP7 AI/AO Table 11 158 VCCR7 - Table 15 159 NC - Table 16 160 NC - Table 16 161 SD4 I Table 10 162 SD5 I Table 10 163 GNDPECL - Table 15 164 VCCPECL - Table 15 165 SD6 I Table 10 166 SD7 I Table 10 167 TDI I, ST, IP Table 12 168 TDO O, TS Table 12 169 TMS I, ST, IP Table 12 170 TCK I, ST, ID Table 12 171 TRST_L I, ST, IP Table 12 172 NC - Table 16 173 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 13 174 PWRDWN I, ST, ID Table 13 175 RESET_L I, ST, IP Table 13 176 SECTION I, ST, ID Table 13 177 ModeSel0 I, ST, ID Table 13 178 ModeSel1 I, ST, ID Table 13 179 SGND - Table 15 180 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 181 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 182 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 183 GNDD - Table 15 184 VCCD - Table 15 185 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 186 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 187 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 188 GNDIO - Table 15 189 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 190 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 191 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 192 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 193 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 41 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 4 3.1 PQFP Pin Assignments SS-SMII PQFP Pin List (Sheet 6 of 6) Pin Symbol Type1 Reference for Full Description 194 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 14 195 GNDD - Table 15 196 VCCD - Table 15 197 RxData7 O, TS, ID Table 8 198 NC - Table 16 199 GNDIO - Table 15 200 NC - Table 16 201 TxCLK1 I, ID Table 8 202 NC - Table 16 203 TxData7 I, ID Table 6 204 TxSYNC1 I, ID Table 8 205 RxData6 O, TS, ID Table 8 206 NC - Table 16 207 GNDIO - Table 15 208 VCCIO - Table 15 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 42 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions 3.2.1 Signal Name Conventions Signal names may contain either a port designation or a serial designation, or a combination of the two designations. Signal naming conventions are as follows: * Port Number Only. Individual signals that apply to a particular port are designated by the Signal Mnemonic, immediately followed by the Port Designation. For example, Transmit Enable signals would be identified as TxEN0, TxEN1, and TxEN2. * Serial Number Only. A set of signals which are not tied to any specific port are designated by the Signal Mnemonic, followed by an underscore and a serial designation. For example, a set of three Global Configuration signals would be identified as CFG_1, CFG_2, and CFG_3. * Port and Serial Number. In cases where each port is assigned a set of multiple signals, each signal is designated in the following order: Signal Mnemonic, Port Designation, an underscore, and the serial designation. For example, a set of three Port Configuration signals would be identified as RxData0_0 and RxData0_1, RxData1_0 and RxData1_1, and RxData2_0 and RxData2_1. 3.2.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions - RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations Table 5 through Table 17, Receive FIFO Depth Considerations, on page 57 provide PQFP signal descriptions. Ball designations are included for cross-reference. Table 5 RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 1 of 3) Pin-Ball Designation Symbol Type1 PQFP PBGA 44 6 E6, E12 REFCLK0 REFCLK1 I 61 62 E2, F4 TxData0_0 TxData0_1 I, ID 52 53 C3, D4 TxData1_0 TxData1_1 I, ID 42 43 B5 A4 TxData2_0 TxData2_1 I, ID 34 35 D8, A6 TxData3_0 TxData3_1 I, ID Signal Description2,3 Reference Clock. 50 MHz RMII reference clock is always required. RMII inputs are sampled on the rising edge of REFCLK, RMII outputs are sourced on the falling edge. Transmit Data - Port 0. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 0 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 1. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 1 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK Transmit Data - Port 2. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 2 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 3. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 3 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 43 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 5 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 2 of 3) Pin-Ball Designation Symbol Type1 PQFP PBGA 22 23 A11, C10 TxData4_0 TxData4_1 I, ID 13 14 B13, D11 TxData5_0 TxData5_1 I, ID 4 5 D13, A16 TxData6_0 TxData6_1 I, ID 203 204 E14, C16 TxData7_0 TxData7_1 I, ID 60 51 41 33 21 12 3 202 E3, B2, C6, A7, B11, A14, C14, D16 TxEN0 TxEN1 TxEN2 TxEN3 TxEN4 TxEN5 TxEN6 TxEN7 I, ID 55 54 C2, B1 RxData0_0 RxData0_1 O, TS O, TS, ID 46 45 A3, B4 RxData1_0 RxData1_1 O, TS O, TS, ID 37 36 B6, C7 RxData2_0 RxData2_1 O, TS O, TS, ID 28 27 D9, B9 RxData3_0 RxData3_1 O, TS O, TS, ID 16 15 A13, C12 RxData4_0 RxData4_1 O, TS O, TS, ID 8 7 B14, B15 RxData5_0 RxData5_1 O, TS O, TS, ID 206 205 C15, B17 RxData6_0 RxData6_1 O, TS O, TS, ID Signal Description2,3 Transmit Data - Port 4. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 4 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 5. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 5 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 6. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 6 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 7. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 7 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Enable - Ports 0-7. Active High input enables respective port transmitter. This signal must be synchronous to the REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 0. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 1. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 2. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 3. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 4. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 5. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 6. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 44 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 5 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 3 of 3) Pin-Ball Designation Symbol Type1 O, TS O, TS, ID PQFP PBGA 198 197 E16, F14 RxData7_0 RxData7_1 58 49 39 31 17 10 1 200 E4, C4, A5, B8, B12, D12, B16, E15 CRS_DV0 CRS_DV1 CRS_DV2 CRS_DV3 CRS_DV4 CRS_DV5 CRS_DV6 CRS_DV7 Signal Description2,3 Receive Data - Port 7. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Carrier Sense/Receive Data Valid - Ports 0-7. O, TS, SL, ID On detection of valid carrier, these signals are asserted asynchronously with respect to REFCLK. CRS_DVn is de-asserted on loss of carrier, synchronous to REFCLK. Receive Error - Ports 0-7. 59 50 40 32 20 11 2 201 D2, D5, D7, C8, A12, A15, A17, D17 RxER0 RxER1 RxER2 RxER3 RxER4 RxER5 RxER6 RxER7 These signals are synchronous to the respective REFCLK. Active High indicates that received code group is invalid, or that PLL is not locked. O, TS, SL, ID The RxER signals have the following additional function pins: RxER0 (MDIX) RxER1 (PAUSE) RxER2 (PREASEL) RxER4 (FIFOSEL0) RxER5 (FIFOSEL1) RxER6 (LINKHOLD) 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 45 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 6 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation PQFP PBGA 61 52 42 34 22 13 4 203 E2, C3, B5, D8, A11, B13, D13, E14 44 6 E6, Symbol Type1 TxData0 TxData1 TxData2 TxData3 TxData4 TxData5 TxData6 TxData7 I, ID Signal Description2 Transmit Data - Ports 0-7. These serial input streams provide data to be transmitted to the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E clocks the data in synchronously to REFCLK. Reference Clock. E12 REFCLK0 REFCLK1 I The LXT9785/LXT9785E always requires a 125 MHz reference clock input. Refer to Functional Description for detailed clock requirements. REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 are always connected regardless of sectionalization mode. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. Table 7 SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 PBGA SMII Synchronization. 35 204 A6, C16 SYNC0 SYNC1 55 46 37 28 16 8 206 198 C2, A3, B6, D9, A13, B14, C15, E16 RxData0 RxData1 RxData2 RxData3 RxData4 RxData5 RxData6 RxData7 I, ID The MAC must generate a SYNC pulse every 10 REFCLK cycles to synchronize the SMII. SYNC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. SYNC0 and SYNC1 are to be used when 2x4 port sectionalization is chosen. Receive Data - Ports 0-7. O, TS These serial output streams provide data received from the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the data out synchronously to REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. 3. RxData[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and hardware power-down modes and during hardware reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 46 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 8 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation PQFP PBGA 35 204 A6, C16 Symbol Type1 TxSYNC0 TxSYNC1 I, ID Signal Description2,3 SS-SMII Transmit Synchronization. The MAC must generate a TxSYNC pulse every 10 TxCLK cycles to mark the start of TxData segments. TxSYNC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. SS-SMII Receive Synchronization. 58 17 E4, B12 RxSYNC0 RxSYNC1 O, TS, ID The LXT9785/LXT9785E generates these pulses every 10 RxCLK cycles to mark the start of RxData segments for the MAC. RxSYNC1 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. RxSYNC0 may not be used. These outputs are only enabled when SS-SMII mode is enabled. SS-SMII Transmit Clock. 32 201 C8, D17 TxCLK0 TxCLK1 I, ID The MAC sources this 125 MHz clock as the timing reference for TxData and TxSYNC. Only TxCLK0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. See Section 4.4.2, Clock/SYNC Requirements, on page 148 for detailed clock requirements. SS-SMII Receive Clock. 60 21 E3, B11 RxCLK0 RxCLK1 O, TS, ID 54 45 36 27 15 7 205 197 B1, B4, C7, B9, C12, B15, B17, F14 RxData0 RxData1 RxData2 RxData3 RxData4 RxData5 RxData6 RxData7 O, TS, ID The LXT9785/LXT9785E generates these clocks, based on REFCLK, to provide a timing reference for RxData and RxSYNC to the MAC. RxCLK1 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. RxCLK0 may not be used. See Section 4.4.2, Clock/SYNC Requirements, on page 148 for detailed clock requirements. These outputs are only enabled when SS-SMII mode is enabled. Receive Data - Ports 0-7. These serial output streams provide data received from the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the data out synchronously to REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7], RxSYNC[0:1], and RxCLK[0:1] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 47 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 9 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions MDIO Control Interface Signals - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3,4 PBGA Management Data Input/Output. 64 25 F3, A10 MDIO0 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Bidirectional serial data channel for communication between the PHY and MAC or switch ASIC. Only MDIO0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDIO0 accesses ports 0-3 and MDIO1 accesses ports 4-7. Refer to Figure 21 on page 161. Management Data Interrupt. 67 26 F1, C9 MDINT0_L MDINT1_L OD,TS, SL, IP When Register bit 18.1 = 1, an active Low output on this Pin indicates status change. Only MDINT0_L is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDINT0_L is associated with ports 0-3 and MDINT1_L is associated with ports 4-7. Refer to Figure 21 on page 161. Management Data Clock. 63 24 E1, B10 MDC0 MDC1 I, ST, ID Clock for the MDIO serial data channel. Maximum frequency is 20 MHz. Only MDC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDC0 clocks ports 0-3 register accesses and MDC1 clocks ports 4-7 register accesses. Refer to Figure 21 on page 161. Management Disable. When MDDIS is tied High, the MDIO port is completely disabled and the Hardware Control Interface pins set their respective bits at power up and reset. 84 L1 MDDIS I, ST, ID When MDDIS is pulled Low at power up or reset, via the internal pull-down resistor or by tying it to ground, the Hardware Control Interface Pins control only the initial or "default" values of their respective register bits. After the power-up/reset cycle is complete, bit control reverts to the MDIO serial channel. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. MDIO[0:1] and MDINT[0:1] outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. 4. Supports the 802.3 MDIO register set. Specific bits in the registers are referenced using an "X.Y" notation, where X is the register number (0-32) and Y is the bit number (0-15). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 48 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 10 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions Signal Detect - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 PBGA Signal Detect 2.5 Volt Interface. SD input threshold voltage select. 95 P1 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Tie to VCCPECL = Select 2.5 V LVPECL input levels Float or Tie to GNDPECL = Select 3.3 V LVPECL input levels 96 97 100 101 161 162 165 166 P2, N4, P3, N5, P15, P16, P17, N17 Signal Detect - Ports 0-7. SD0 SD1 SD2 SD3 SD4 SD5 SD6 SD7 Signal Detect input from the fiber transceiver (these inputs are only active for ports operating in fiber mode). I Logic High = Normal operation (the process of searching for receive idles for the purpose of bringing link up is initiated) Logic Low = Link is declared lost 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. 3. Tie SD[0:7] inputs to GNDPECL if unused. Table 11 Network Interface Signal Descriptions - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation Symbol PQFP PBGA 107, 108 111, 110 121, 122 125, 124 136, 137 140, 139 150, 151 154, 153 T2, U1, T3, R4, T6, U5, U7, T7, T10, R10, T11, U11, T14,U15, R14, T15 TPFOP0, TPFON0 TPFOP1, TPFON1 TPFOP2, TPFON2 TPFOP3, TPFON3 TPFOP4, TPFON4 TPFOP5, TPFON5 TPFOP6, TPFON6 TPFOP7, TPFON7 104, 105 115, 114 118, 119 129, 128 132, 133 143, 142 146, 147 157, 156 R2, T1, U3, T4, R6, T5, T8, R8, T9, U9, U13, T12, R12, T13, R16, T16 TPFIP0, TPFIN0 TPFIP1, TPFIN1 TPFIP2, TPFIN2 TPFIP3, TPFIN3 TPFIP4, TPFIN4 TPFIP5, TPFIN5 TPFIP6, TPFIN6 TPFIP7, TPFIN7 Type1 Signal Description Twisted-Pair/Fiber Outputs2, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7. AO/AI During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPFO pins drive 802.3 compliant pulses onto the line. During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFO pins produce differential LVPECL outputs for fiber transceivers. Twisted-Pair/Fiber Inputs3, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7. AI/AO During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPFI pins receive differential 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T signals from the line. During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFI pins receive differential LVPECL inputs from fiber transceivers. 1. Type Column Coding: AI = Analog Input, AO = Analog Output. 2. Switched to Inputs (see TPFIP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is, twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode]. 3. Switched to Outputs (see TPFOP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is, twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode]. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 49 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 12 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions JTAG Test Signal Descriptions - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation Symbol Type1 PQFP PBGA 167 N14 TDI I, ST, IP 168 N15 TDO O, TS 169 N16 TMS I, ST, IP 170 M16 TCK I, ST, ID 171 M17 TRST I, ST, IP Signal Description2,3 Test Data Input. Test data sampled with respect to the rising edge of TCK. Test Data Output. Test data driven with respect to the falling edge of TCK. Test Mode Select. Test Clock. Clock input for JTAG test. Test Reset. Reset input for JTAG test. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain, TS = Three-State-able output, SMT = Schmitt Triggered input, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. TDO output is three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. Table 13 Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 1 of 4) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PBGA Tx Output Slew Controls 0 and 1 Defaults. These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bits 27.11:10 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. 94 93 N3, M4 TxSLEW_0 TxSLEW_1 These pins select the TX output slew rate for all ports (rise and fall time) as follows: I, ST, ID TxSLEW_1 TxSLEW_0 Slew Rate (Rise and Fall Time) 0 0 3.3 ns 0 1 3.6 ns 1 0 3.9 ns 1 1 4.2 ns 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 50 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 13 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 2 of 4) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PBGA Pause Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 4.10 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. 50 D5 PAUSE I, ID, ST When High, the LXT9785/LXT9785E advertises Pause capabilities on all ports during auto-negotiation. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER1. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set Pause active while RxER1 is three-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default Pause state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. Power-Down. 174 L14 PWRDWN I, ST, ID When High, forces the LXT9785/LXT9785E into global power-down mode. Pin is not on JTAG chain. Reset. 175 M15 RESET_L I, ST, IP This active low input is ORed with the control register Reset Register bit 0.15. When held Low, all outputs are forced to inactive state. Pin is not on JTAG chain. Address <4:0>. 88 89 90 91 92 L4, M2, M3, N1, N2 ADD_4 ADD_3 ADD_2 ADD_1 ADD_0 Sets base address. Each port adds its port number (starting with 0) to this address to determine its PHY address. I, ST, ID Port 0 Address = Base Port 1 Address = Base + 1 Port 2 Address = Base + 2 Port 3 Address = Base + 3 Port 4 Address = Base + 4 Port 5 Address = Base + 5 Port 6 Address = Base + 6 Port 7 Address = Base + 7 Mode Select[1:0]. 00 = RMII 178 177 L17, L16 MODESEL_1 MODESEL_0 01 = SMII I, ST, ID 10 = SS-SMII 11 = Reserved All ports are configured the same. Interfaces cannot be mixed and must be all RMII, SMII, or SS-SMII. Sectionalization Select. 176 L15 SECTION I, ST, ID This pin selects sectionalization into separate ports. 0 = 1x8 ports, 1 = 2x4 ports 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 51 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 13 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 3 of 4) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PBGA Auto MDIX Enable Default. 83 K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.9 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40 on page 142. When active (High), automatic MDI crossover (MDIX) (regardless of segmentation) is selected for all ports. When inactive (Low) MDIX is selected according to the MDIX pin. MDIX Select Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.8 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40, MDIX Selection, on page 142. When AMDIX_EN is active this pin is ignored. 59 D2 MDIX I, ID, ST When AMDIX_EN is inactive, all ports are forced to the MDI or the MDIX function regardless of segmentation. If this pin is active (high), MDI crossover (MDIX) is selected. If this pin is inactive, non-crossover MDI mode is set. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER0. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set MDIX active while RxER0 is three-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default MDIX state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. Do not tie this pin directly to VCCIO (vs. using a pull-up) in non-RMII modes. Global Port Configuration Defaults 1-3. 85 86 87 L2, L3, M1 CFG_3 CFG_2 CFG_1 I, ST, ID These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of register bits shown in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When operating in Hardware Control Mode, these pins provide configuration control options for all the ports (refer to page 152 for details). Global FX/TP_L Enable Default. 173 M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.0 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 93, Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10), on page 222. This input selects whether all the ports are defaulted to TP vs. FX mode. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 52 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 13 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 4 of 4) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PBGA FIFO Select <1:0>. These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bits 18.15:14 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup/reset. 11 20 A15 A12 FIFOSEL1 FIFOSEL0 I, ID, ST These pins are shared with RMII-RxER<5:4>. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set FIFO Select<1:0> to active while RxER<5:4> are three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is used, the default FIFO select state is set via the internal pull-down resistors. See Table 17, Receive FIFO Depth Considerations, on page 57. Preamble Select. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.5 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup/reset. 40 D7 PREASEL I, ID, ST This pin is shared with RMII-RxER2. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set Preamble Select to active while RxER2 is three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is used, the default Preamble Select state is set via the internal pull-down resistors. Note: Preamble select has no effect in 100 Mbps operation. 2 A17 LINKHOLD3 ID LINKHOLD Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 0.11 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When High, the LXT9785/LXT9785E powers down all ports. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER6. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set LINKHOLD active while RxER6 is tri-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default LINKHOLD state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 53 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 14 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions LED Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 1 of 2) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP PBGA 82 81 80 K3, K2, J1 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 Port 0 LED Drivers 1-3. LED0_1_L LED0_2_L LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 0. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 1 LED Drivers 1-3. 77 76 75 J4, J3, H1 LED1_1_L LED1_2_L LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 1. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 2 LED Drivers 1-3. 73 72 71 H2, H3, G1 LED2_1_L LED2_2_L LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 2. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 3 LED Drivers 1-3. 70 69 68 F2, G3, G4 LED3_1_L LED3_2_L LED3_3_L 180 181 182 K16, K17, J17 LED4_1_L LED4_2_L LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 3. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 4 LED Drivers 1-3. OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 4. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 54 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 14 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions LED Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 2 of 2) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 PBGA Port 5 LED Drivers 1-3. 185 186 187 J15, J16, H17 LED5_1_L LED5_2_L LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 5. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 6 LED Drivers 1-3. 189 190 191 H15, H16, G17 LED6_1_L LED6_2_L LED6_3_L 192 193 194 G15, F17, F16 LED7_1_L LED7_2_L LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 6. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 7 LED Drivers 1-3. OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 7. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. Table 15 Power Supply Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 1 of 2) Pin/Ball Designation PQFP PBGA 65, 78, 184, 196 G13, J14, F5, J5 18, 29, 47, 56, 208 A2, A8, C1, C11, D14 Symbol Type VCCD - Signal Description Digital Power Supply - Core. +2.5 V supply for core digital circuits. Digital Power Supply - I/O Ring. VCCIO - +2.5/3.3 V supply for digital I/O circuits. The digital input circuits running off of this rail, having a TTL-level threshold and over-voltage protection, may be interfaced with 3.3/5.0 V, when the IO supply is 3.3 V, and 2.5/3.3/5.0 V when 2.5 V. Digital Power Supply - PECL Signal Detect Inputs. 98, 164 L13, L5 VCCPECL - 103, 116, 117, 130, 131, 144, 145, 158 N13, P4, P7, P8, P9, P10, P11, P12 VCCR - +2.5/3.3 V supply for PECL Signal Detect input circuits. If Fiber Mode is not used (that is, G_FX/TP_L is pulled Low), the VCCPECL pins may be tied to GNDPECL to save power. Analog Power Supply - Receive. +2.5 V supply for all analog receive circuits. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 55 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 15 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions Power Supply Signal Descriptions - PQFP (Sheet 2 of 2) Pin/Ball Designation Symbol Type VCCT - PQFP PBGA 109, 123, 138, 152 N6, N7, N9, N11, N12 66, 79, 183, 195 A1, A9, B3, B7, C5, C13, C17, D1, D3, D6, D10, D15, E5, E7, E9, E11, E13, E17, F13, H8, H9, H10, J8, J9, J10, K8, K9, K10 GNDD - 9, 19, 30, 38, 48, 57, 74, 188, 199, 207 - GNDIO - 99, 163 M5, M13 GNDPECL - 106, 112, 120, 126, 135, 141, 149, 155 P5, P6, P13, R7, R9, R11, R13, U8 GNDR - 113, 127, 134, 148 P14, R1, R3, R5, R15, R17, T17, U2, U4, U6, U10, U12, U14, U16, U17 GNDT - 179 K14 SGND - Signal Description Analog Power Supply - Transmit. +2.5 V supply for all analog transmit circuits. Digital Ground. Ground return for core digital supplies (VCCD). All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Digital GND - I/O Ring. Ground return for digital I/O circuits (VCCIO). Digital GND - PECL Signal Detect Inputs. Ground return for PECL Signal Detect input circuits. Analog Ground - Receive. Ground return for receive analog supply. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Analog Ground - Transmit. Ground return for transmit analog supply. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Substrate Ground. Ground for chip substrate. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 56 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 16 3.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions Unused/Reserved Pins - PQFP Pin/Ball Designation PQFP PBGA NC F15, G2, G5, G14, G16, H4, H14, J2, J13, K4, K15 Symbol Type1 NC - Signal Description No Connection. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. Table 17 Receive FIFO Depth Considerations FIFOSEL1 FIFOSEL0 Register 18.15 Value Register 18.14 Value 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 57 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.3 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments BGA23 Ball Assignments The following sections provide BGA23 ball location and signal description information for RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII: * 3.3.1, RMII BGA23 Ball List, on page 58 * 3.3.2, SMII BGA23 Ball List, on page 74 * 3.3.3, SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List, on page 89 * 3.4, BGA23 Signal Descriptions, on page 104 Figure 5 illustrates the LXT9785/LXT9785E 241-ball BGA23 ball locations for RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII. Figure 5 241-Ball BGA23 Assignments (Top View) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B C C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C D D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D E E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E F11 F16 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F17 F G G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17 H J J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J17 J K K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 K17 K L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L M M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16 M17 M N N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10 N11 N12 N13 N14 N15 N16 N17 N P P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P R R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R J11 L11 F12 J12 L12 F13 J13 L13 F14 J14 L14 F15 J15 L15 J16 L16 L17 T T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 T17 T U U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6 U7 U8 U9 U10 U11 U12 U13 U14 U15 U16 U17 U 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 T11 11 T12 12 T13 13 T14 T15 14 15 T16 16 17 = No Ball B1498-01 3.3.1 RMII BGA23 Ball List The following tables provide the RMII BGA23 ball locations and signal names arranged in alphanumeric order as follows: * Table 18, RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name * Table 19, RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location, on page 66 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 58 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 1 of 8) Type1 Reference for Full Description N2 I, ST, ID Table 32 N1 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_2 M3 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_3 M2 I, ST, ID Table 32 Signal Ball ADD_0 ADD_1 ADD_4 L4 I, ST, ID Table 32 AMDIX_EN K1 I, ST, IP Table 32 CFG_1 M1 I, ST, ID Table 32 CFG_2 L3 I, ST, ID Table 32 CFG_3 L2 I, ST, ID Table 32 CRS_DV0 E4 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV1 C4 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV2 A5 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV3 B8 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV4 B12 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV5 D12 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV6 B16 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 CRS_DV7 E15 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 G_FX/TP_L M14 I, ST, ID Table 32 GNDD A1 - Table 34 GNDD A9 - Table 34 GNDD B3 - Table 34 GNDD B7 - Table 34 GNDD C5 - Table 34 GNDD C13 - Table 34 GNDD C17 - Table 34 GNDD D1 - Table 34 GNDD D3 - Table 34 GNDD D6 - Table 34 GNDD D10 - Table 34 GNDD D15 - Table 34 GNDD E5 - Table 34 GNDD E7 - Table 34 GNDD E9 - Table 34 GNDD E11 - Table 34 GNDD E13 - Table 34 GNDD E17 - Table 34 GNDD F13 - Table 34 GNDD H8 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 59 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 2 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description GNDD H9 - Table 34 GNDD H10 - Table 34 GNDD J8 - Table 34 GNDD J9 - Table 34 GNDD J10 - Table 34 GNDD K8 - Table 34 GNDD K9 - Table 34 GNDD K10 - Table 34 GNDPECL M5 - Table 34 GNDPECL M13 - Table 34 GNDR P5 - Table 34 GNDR P6 - Table 34 GNDR P13 - Table 34 GNDR R7 - Table 34 GNDR R9 - Table 34 GNDR R11 - Table 34 GNDR R13 - Table 34 GNDR U8 - Table 34 GNDT P14 - Table 34 GNDT R1 - Table 34 GNDT R3 - Table 34 GNDT R5 - Table 34 GNDT R15 - Table 34 GNDT R17 - Table 34 GNDT T17 - Table 34 GNDT U2 - Table 34 GNDT U4 - Table 34 GNDT U6 - Table 34 GNDT U10 - Table 34 GNDT U12 - Table 34 GNDT U14 - Table 34 GNDT U16 - Table 34 GNDT U17 - Table 34 LED0_1_L K3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED0_2_L K2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED0_3_L J1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_1_L J4 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_2_L J3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_3_L H1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 60 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 3 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description LED2_1_L H2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_2_L H3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_3_L G1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_1_L F2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_2_L G3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_3_L G4 OD, TS, SO, IP Table 33 LED4_1_L K16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_2_L K17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_3_L J17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_1_L J15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_2_L J16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_3_L H17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_1_L H15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_2_L H16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_3_L G17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_1_L G15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_2_L F17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_3_L F16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 MDC0 E1 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDC1 B10 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDDIS L1 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDINT0_L F1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDINT1_L C9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIO0 F3 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIO1 A10 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 ModeSel0 L16 I, ST, ID Table 32 ModeSel1 L17 I, ST, ID Table 32 NC F15 - Table 35 NC G2 - Table 35 NC G5 - Table 35 NC G14 - Table 35 NC G16 - Table 35 NC H4 - Table 35 NC H14 - Table 35 NC J2 - Table 35 NC J13 - Table 35 NC K4 - Table 35 NC K15 - Table 35 F6 - - No ball Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 61 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 4 of 8) Type1 Reference for Full Description F7 - - F8 - - No Ball E8 - - No Ball E10 Signal Ball No ball No ball No Ball F9 - - No Ball F10 - - No Ball F11 - - No Ball F12 - - No Ball G6 - - No Ball G7 - - No Ball G8 - - No Ball G9 - - No Ball G10 - - No Ball G11 - - No Ball G12 - - No Ball H5 - - No Ball H6 - - No Ball H7 - - No Ball H11 - - No Ball H12 - - No Ball H13 - - No Ball J6 - - No Ball J7 - - No Ball J11 - - No Ball J12 - - No Ball K5 - - No Ball K6 - - No Ball K7 - - No Ball K11 - - No Ball K12 - - No Ball K13 - - No Ball L6 - - No Ball L7 - - No Ball L8 - - No Ball L9 - - No Ball L10 - - No Ball L11 - - No Ball L11 - - No Ball M6 - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 62 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 5 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description No Ball M7 - - No Ball M8 - - No Ball M9 - - No Ball M10 - - No Ball M11 - - No Ball M12 - - No Ball N8 - - No Ball N10 - - PWRDWN L14 I, ST, ID Table 32 REFCLK0 E6 I Table 24 REFCLK1 E12 I Table 24 RESET_L M15 I, ST, IP Table 32 RxData0_0 C2 O, TS Table 24 RxData0_1 B1 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxData1_0 A3 O, TS Table 24 RxData1_1 B4 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxData2_0 B6 O, TS Table 24 RxData2_1 C7 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxData3_0 D9 O, TS Table 24 RxData3_1 B9 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxData4_0 A13 O, TS Table 24 RxData4_1 C12 O, TS,ID Table 24 RxData5_0 B14 O, TS Table 24 RxData5_1 B15 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxData6_0 C15 O, TS Table 24 RxData6_1 B17 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxData7_0 E16 O, TS Table 24 RxData7_1 F14 O, TS, ID Table 24 RxER0 (MDIX) D2 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST RxER1 (PAUSE) D5 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST RxER2 (PREASEL) D7 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST RxER3 C8 O, TS, SL, ID RxER4 (FIFOSEL0) A12 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST RxER5 (FIFOSEL1) A15 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 24 Table 32 Table 24 Table 32 Table 24 Table 32 Table 24 Table 24 Table 32 Table 24 Table 32 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 63 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 6 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 RxER6 LINKHOLD A17 O, TS, SL, I, ID, ST RxER7 D17 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 Reference for Full Description Table 24 Table 32 SD_2P5V P1 I, ST, ID Table 29 SD0 P2 I Table 29 SD1 N4 I Table 29 SD2 P3 I Table 29 SD3 N5 I Table 29 SD4 P15 I Table 29 SD5 P16 I Table 29 SD6 P17 I Table 29 SD7 N17 I Table 29 SECTION L15 I, ST, ID Table 32 SGND K14 - Table 34 TCK M16 I, ST, ID Table 31 TDI N14 I, ST, IP Table 31 TDO N15 O, TS Table 31 TMS N16 I, ST, IP Table 31 TPFIN0 T1 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN1 T4 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN2 T5 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN3 R8 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN4 U9 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN5 T12 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN6 T13 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN7 T16 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP0 R2 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP1 U3 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP2 R6 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP3 T8 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP4 T9 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP5 U13 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP6 R12 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP7 R16 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON0 U1 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON1 R4 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON2 U5 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON3 T7 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON4 R10 AO/AI Table 30 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 64 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 7 of 8) Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description TPFON5 U11 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON6 U15 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON7 T15 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP0 T2 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP1 T3 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP2 T6 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP3 U7 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP4 T10 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP5 T11 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP6 T14 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP7 R14 AO/AI Table 30 TRST_L M17 I, ST, IP Table 31 Signal TxData0_0 E2 I, ID Table 24 TxData0_1 F4 I, ID Table 24 TxData1_0 C3 I, ID Table 24 TxData1_1 D4 I, ID Table 24 TxData2_0 B5 I, ID Table 24 TxData2_1 A4 I, ID Table 24 TxData3_0 D8 I, ID Table 24 TxData3_1 A6 I, ID Table 24 TxData4_0 A11 I, ID Table 24 TxData4_1 C10 I, ID Table 24 TxData5_0 B13 I, ID Table 24 TxData5_1 D11 I, ID Table 24 TxData6_0 D13 I, ID Table 24 TxData6_1 A16 I, ID Table 24 TxData7_0 E14 I, ID Table 24 TxData7_1 C16 I, ID Table 24 TxEN0 E3 I, ID Table 24 TxEN1 B2 I, ID Table 24 TxEN2 C6 I, ID Table 24 TxEN3 A7 I, ID Table 24 TxEN4 B11 I, ID Table 24 TxEN5 A14 I, ID Table 24 TxEN6 C14 I, ID Table 24 TxEN7 D16 I, ID Table 24 TxSLEW_0 N3 I, ST, ID Table 32 TxSLEW_1 M4 I, ST, ID Table 32 VCCD F5 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 65 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 18 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 8 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description VCCD G13 - Table 34 VCCD J5 - Table 34 VCCD J14 - Table 34 VCCIO A2 - Table 34 VCCIO A8 - Table 34 VCCIO C1 - Table 34 VCCIO C11 - Table 34 VCCIO D14 - Table 34 VCCPECL L5 - Table 34 VCCPECL L13 - Table 34 VCCR N13 - Table 34 VCCR P4 - Table 34 VCCR P7 - Table 34 VCCR P8 - Table 34 VCCR P9 - Table 34 VCCR P10 - Table 34 VCCR P11 - Table 34 VCCR P12 - Table 34 VCCT N6 - Table 34 VCCT N7 - Table 34 VCCT N9 - Table 34 VCCT N11 - Table 34 VCCT N12 - Table 34 RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 1 of 9) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description A1 GNDD - Table 34 A2 VCCIO - Table 34 A3 RxData1_0 O, TS Table 24 A4 TxData2_1 I, ID Table 24 A5 CRS_DV2 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 A6 TxData3_1 I, ID Table 24 A7 TxEN3 I, ID Table 24 A8 VCCIO - Table 34 A9 GNDD - Table 34 A10 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 A11 TxData4_0 I, ID Table 24 A12 RxER4 (FIFOSEL0) O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 24 Table 32 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 66 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 2 of 9) Type1 Reference for Full Description RxData4_0 O, TS Table 24 TxEN5 I, ID Table 24 A15 RxER5 (FIFOSEL1) O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 24 Table 32 A16 TxData6_1 I, ID Table 24 A17 RxER6LINKHOLD O, TS, SL, I, ID, ST Table 24 Table 32 B1 RxData0_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 B2 TxEN1 I, ID Table 24 B3 GNDD - Table 34 B4 RxData1_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 B5 TxData2_0 I, ID Table 24 Ball Signal A13 A14 B6 RxData2_0 O, TS Table 24 B7 GNDD - Table 34 B8 CRS_DV3 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 B9 RxData3_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 B10 MDC1 I, ST, ID Table 28 B11 TxEN4 I, ID Table 24 B12 CRS_DV4 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 B13 TxData5_0 I, ID Table 24 B14 RxData5_0 O, TS Table 24 B15 RxData5_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 B16 CRS_DV6 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 B17 RxData6_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 C1 VCCIO - Table 34 C2 RxData0_0 O, TS Table 24 C3 TxData1_0 I, ID Table 24 C4 CRS_DV1 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 C5 GNDD - Table 34 C6 TxEN2 I, ID Table 24 C7 RxData2_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 C8 RxER3 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 C9 MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 C10 TxData4_1 I, ID Table 24 C11 VCCIO - Table 34 C12 RxData4_1 O, TS,ID Table 24 C13 GNDD - Table 34 C14 TxEN6 I, ID Table 24 C15 RxData6_0 O, TS Table 24 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 67 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 3 of 9) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description C16 TxData7_1 I, ID Table 24 C17 GNDD - Table 34 D1 GNDD - Table 34 D2 RxER0 (MDIX) O, TS, SL, I, ID, ST Table 24 Table 32 D3 GNDD - Table 34 D4 TxData1_1 I, ID Table 24 D5 RxER1 (PAUSE) O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 24 Table 32 D6 GNDD - Table 34 D7 RxER2 (PREASEL) O, TS, SL, I, ID, ST Table 24 Table 32 D8 TxData3_0 I, ID Table 24 D9 RxData3_0 O, TS Table 24 D10 GNDD - Table 34 D11 TxData5_1 I, ID Table 24 D12 CRS_DV5 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 D13 TxData6_0 I, ID Table 24 D14 VCCIO - Table 34 D15 GNDD - Table 34 D16 TxEN7 I, ID Table 24 D17 RxER7 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 Ball E1 MDC0 I, ST, ID Table 28 E2 TxData0_0 I, ID Table 24 E3 TxEN0 I, ID Table 24 E4 CRS_DV0 O, TS, SL, ID Table 24 E5 GNDD - Table 34 E6 REFCLK0 I Table 24 E7 GNDD - Table 34 E8 No Ball - - - Table 34 E9 GNDD E10 No Ball E11 GNDD - Table 34 E12 REFCLK1 I Table 24 E13 GNDD - Table 34 E14 TxData7_0 I, ID Table 24 E15 CRS_DV7 O, TS, SL, ID` Table 24 E16 RxData7_0 O, TS Table 24 E17 GNDD - Table 34 MDINT0_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 F1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 68 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 4 of 9) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description F2 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 F3 MDIO0 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 F4 TxData0_1 I, ID Table 24 F5 VCCD - Table 34 F6 No ball - - F7 No ball - - F8 No ball - - F9 No Ball - - F10 No Ball - - F11 No Ball - - F12 No Ball - - F13 GNDD - Table 34 F14 RxData7_1 O, TS, ID Table 24 F15 NC - Table 35 F16 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 F17 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G1 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G2 NC - Table 35 G3 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G4 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SO, IP Table 33 G5 NC - Table 35 G6 No Ball - - G7 No Ball - - G8 No Ball - - G9 No Ball - - G10 No Ball - - G11 No Ball - - G12 No Ball - - G13 VCCD - Table 34 G14 NC - Table 35 G15 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G16 NC - Table 35 G17 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H1 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H2 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H3 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H4 NC - Table 35 H5 No Ball - - H6 No Ball - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 69 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 5 of 9) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description H7 No Ball - - H8 GNDD - Table 34 H9 GNDD - Table 34 H10 GNDD - Table 34 H11 No Ball - - H12 No Ball - - H13 No Ball - - H14 NC - Table 35 H15 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H16 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H17 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J1 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J2 NC - Table 35 J3 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J4 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J5 VCCD - Table 34 J6 No Ball - - J7 No Ball - - J8 GNDD - Table 34 J9 GNDD - Table 34 J10 GNDD - Table 34 J11 No Ball - - J12 No Ball - - J13 NC - Table 35 J14 VCCD - Table 34 J15 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J16 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J17 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 32 K2 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K3 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K4 NC - Table 35 K5 No Ball - - K6 No Ball - - K7 No Ball - - K8 GNDD - Table 34 K9 GNDD - Table 34 K10 GNDD - Table 34 K11 No Ball - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 70 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 6 of 9) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description K12 No Ball - - K13 No Ball - - K14 SGND - Table 34 K15 NC - Table 35 K16 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K17 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 L1 MDDIS I, ST, ID Table 28 L2 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 32 L3 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 32 L4 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 32 L5 VCCPECL - Table 34 L6 No Ball - - L7 No Ball - - L8 No Ball - - L9 No Ball - - L10 No Ball - - L11 No Ball - - L11 No Ball - - L13 VCCPECL - Table 34 L14 PWRDWN I, ST, ID Table 32 L15 SECTION I, ST, ID Table 32 L16 ModeSel0 I, ST, ID Table 32 L17 ModeSel1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M1 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M2 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 32 M3 ADD_2 I, ST, ID Table 32 M4 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M5 GNDPECL - Table 34 M6 No Ball - - M7 No Ball - - M8 No Ball - - M9 No Ball - - M10 No Ball - - M11 No Ball - - M12 No Ball - - M13 GNDPECL - Table 34 M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 32 M15 RESET_L I, ST, IP Table 32 M16 TCK I, ST, ID Table 31 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 71 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 7 of 9) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description M17 TRST_L I, ST, IP Table 31 N1 ADD_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 N2 ADD_0 I, ST, ID Table 32 N3 TxSLEW_0 I, ST, ID Table 32 N4 SD1 I Table 29 N5 SD3 I Table 29 N6 VCCT - Table 34 N7 VCCT - Table 34 N8 No Ball - - N9 VCCT - Table 34 N10 No Ball - - N11 VCCT - Table 34 N12 VCCT - Table 34 N13 VCCR - Table 34 N14 TDI I, ST, IP Table 31 N15 TDO O, TS Table 31 N16 TMS I, ST, IP Table 31 N17 SD7 I Table 29 P1 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Table 29 P2 SD0 I Table 29 P3 SD2 I Table 29 P4 VCCR - Table 34 P5 GNDR - Table 34 P6 GNDR - Table 34 P7 VCCR - Table 34 P8 VCCR - Table 34 P9 VCCR - Table 34 P10 VCCR - Table 34 P11 VCCR - Table 34 P12 VCCR - Table 34 P13 GNDR - Table 34 P14 GNDT - Table 34 P15 SD4 I Table 29 P16 SD5 I Table 29 P17 SD6 I Table 29 R1 GNDT - Table 34 R2 TPFIP0 AO/AI Table 30 R3 GNDT - Table 34 R4 TPFON1 AO/AI Table 30 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 72 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 8 of 9) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description R5 GNDT - Table 34 R6 TPFIP2 AO/AI Table 30 R7 GNDR - Table 34 R8 TPFIN3 AO/AI Table 30 R9 GNDR - Table 34 R10 TPFON4 AO/AI Table 30 R11 GNDR - Table 34 R12 TPFIP6 AO/AI Table 30 R13 GNDR - Table 34 R14 TPFOP7 AO/AI Table 30 R15 GNDT - Table 34 R16 TPFIP7 AO/AI Table 30 R17 GNDT - Table 34 T1 TPFIN0 AO/AI Table 30 T2 TPFOP0 AO/AI Table 30 T3 TPFOP1 AO/AI Table 30 T4 TPFIN1 AO/AI Table 30 T5 TPFIN2 AO/AI Table 30 T6 TPFOP2 AO/AI Table 30 T7 TPFON3 AO/AI Table 30 T8 TPFIP3 AO/AI Table 30 T9 TPFIP4 AO/AI Table 30 T10 TPFOP4 AO/AI Table 30 T11 TPFOP5 AO/AI Table 30 T12 TPFIN5 AO/AI Table 30 T13 TPFIN6 AO/AI Table 30 T14 TPFOP6 AO/AI Table 30 T15 TPFON7 AO/AI Table 30 T16 TPFIN7 AO/AI Table 30 T17 GNDT - Table 34 U1 TPFON0 AO/AI Table 30 U2 GNDT - Table 34 U3 TPFIP1 AO/AI Table 30 U4 GNDT - Table 34 U5 TPFON2 AO/AI Table 30 U6 GNDT - Table 34 U7 TPFOP3 AO/AI Table 30 U8 GNDR - Table 34 U9 TPFIN4 AO/AI Table 30 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 73 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 19 3.3.2 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 9 of 9) Type1 Reference for Full Description GNDT - Table 34 TPFON5 AO/AI Table 30 U12 GNDT - Table 34 U13 TPFIP5 AO/AI Table 30 U14 GNDT - Table 34 U15 TPFON6 AO/AI Table 30 U16 GNDT - Table 34 U17 GNDT - Table 34 Ball Signal U10 U11 SMII BGA23 Ball List The following tables provide the SMII ball locations and signal names arranged in alphanumeric order as follows: * Table 20, SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name * Table 21, SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location, on page 82 Table 20 SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 1 of 8) Type1 Reference for Full Description N2 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_1 N1 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_2 M3 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_3 M2 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_4 L4 I, ST, ID Table 32 AMDIX_EN K1 I, ST, IP Table 32 CFG_1 M1 I, ST, ID Table 32 CFG_2 L3 I, ST, ID Table 32 CFG_3 L2 I, ST, ID Table 32 Signal Ball ADD_0 FIFOSEL0 A12 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 32 FIFOSEL1 A15 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 32 G_FX/TP_L M14 I, ST, ID Table 32 GNDD A1 - Table 34 GNDD A9 - Table 34 GNDD B3 - Table 34 GNDD B7 - Table 34 GNDD C5 - Table 34 GNDD C13 - Table 34 GNDD C17 - Table 34 GNDD D1 - Table 34 GNDD D3 - Table 34 GNDD D6 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 74 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 2 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description GNDD D10 - Table 34 GNDD D15 - Table 34 GNDD E5 - Table 34 GNDD E7 - Table 34 GNDD E9 - Table 34 GNDD E11 - Table 34 GNDD E13 - Table 34 GNDD E17 - Table 34 GNDD F13 - Table 34 GNDD H8 - Table 34 GNDD H9 - Table 34 GNDD H10 - Table 34 GNDD J8 - Table 34 GNDD J9 - Table 34 GNDD J10 - Table 34 GNDD K8 - Table 34 GNDD K9 - Table 34 GNDD K10 - Table 34 GNDPECL M5 - Table 34 GNDPECL M13 - Table 34 GNDR P5 - Table 34 GNDR P6 - Table 34 GNDR P13 - Table 34 GNDR R7 - Table 34 GNDR R9 - Table 34 GNDR R11 - Table 34 GNDR R13 - Table 34 GNDR U8 - Table 34 GNDT P14 - Table 34 GNDT R1 - Table 34 GNDT R3 - Table 34 GNDT R5 - Table 34 GNDT R15 - Table 34 GNDT R17 - Table 34 GNDT T17 - Table 34 GNDT U2 - Table 34 GNDT U4 - Table 34 GNDT U6 - Table 34 GNDT U10 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 75 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 3 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description GNDT U12 - Table 34 GNDT U14 - Table 34 GNDT U16 - Table 34 GNDT U17 - Table 34 LED0_1_L K3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED0_2_L K2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED0_3_L J1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_1_L J4 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_2_L J3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_3_L H1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_1_L H2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_2_L H3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_3_L G1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_1_L F2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_2_L G3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_3_L G4 OD, TS, SO, IP Table 33 LED4_1_L K16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_2_L K17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_3_L J17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_1_L J15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_2_L J16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_3_L H17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_1_L H15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_2_L H16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_3_L G17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_1_L G15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_2_L F17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_3_L F16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 MDC0 E1 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDC1 B10 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDDIS L1 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDINT0_L F1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDINT1_L C9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIO0 F3 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIO1 A10 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIX D2 I, ID, ST Table 32 ModeSel0 L16 I, ST, ID Table 32 ModeSel1 L17 I, ST, ID Table 32 NC A4 - Table 35 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 76 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 4 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description NC A5 - Table 35 NC A7 - Table 35 NC A14 - Table 35 NC A16 - Table 35 NC B1 - Table 35 NC B2 - Table 35 NC B4 - Table 35 NC B8 - Table 35 NC B9 - Table 35 NC B11 - Table 35 NC B12 - Table 35 NC B15 - Table 35 NC B16 - Table 35 NC B17 - Table 35 NC C4 - Table 35 NC C6 - Table 35 NC C7 - Table 35 NC C8 - Table 35 NC C10 - Table 35 NC C12 - Table 35 NC C14 - Table 35 NC D4 - Table 35 NC D11 - Table 35 NC D12 - Table 35 NC D16 - Table 35 NC D17 - Table 35 NC E3 - Table 35 NC E4 - Table 35 NC E15 - Table 35 NC F4 - Table 35 NC F14 - Table 35 NC F15 - Table 35 NC G2 - Table 35 NC G5 - Table 35 NC G14 - Table 35 NC G16 - Table 35 NC H4 - Table 35 NC H14 - Table 35 NC J2 - Table 35 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 77 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 5 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description NC J13 - Table 35 NC K4 - Table 35 NC K15 - Table 35 NC/LINKHOLD A17 I, ID, ST Table 35 Table 32 No ball F6 - - No ball F7 - - No ball F8 - - No Ball E8 - - No Ball E10 - No Ball F9 - - No Ball F10 - - No Ball F11 - - No Ball F12 - - No Ball G6 - - No Ball G7 - - No Ball G8 - - No Ball G9 - - No Ball G10 - - No Ball G11 - - No Ball G12 - - No Ball H5 - - No Ball H6 - - No Ball H7 - - No Ball H11 - - No Ball H12 - - No Ball H13 - - No Ball J6 - - No Ball J7 - - No Ball J11 - - No Ball J12 - - No Ball K5 - - No Ball K6 - - No Ball K7 - - No Ball K11 - - No Ball K12 - - No Ball K13 - - No Ball L6 - - No Ball L7 - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 78 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 6 of 8) Type1 Reference for Full Description L8 - - L9 - - No Ball L10 - - No Ball L11 - - No Ball L11 - - No Ball M6 - - No Ball M7 - - No Ball M8 - - Signal Ball No Ball No Ball No Ball M9 - - No Ball M10 - - No Ball M11 - - No Ball M12 - - No Ball N8 - - No Ball N10 - - PAUSE D5 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 32 PREASEL D7 I, ID, ST Table 32 PWRDWN L14 I, ID, ST Table 32 REFCLK0 E6 I Table 25 REFCLK1 E12 I Table 25 RESET_L M15 I, ST, IP Table 32 RxData0 C2 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData1 A3 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData2 B6 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData3 D9 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData4 A13 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData5 B14 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData6 C15 O, TS, ID Table 26 RxData7 E16 O, TS, ID Table 26 SD_2P5V P1 I, ST, ID Table 29 SD0 P2 I Table 29 SD1 N4 I Table 29 SD2 P3 I Table 29 SD3 N5 I Table 29 SD4 P15 I Table 29 SD5 P16 I Table 29 SD6 P17 I Table 29 SD7 N17 I Table 29 SECTION L15 I, ST, ID Table 32 SGND K14 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 79 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 7 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description SYNC0 A6 I, ID Table 26 SYNC1 C16 I, ID Table 26 TCK M16 I, ST, ID Table 31 TDI N14 I, ST, IP Table 31 TDO N15 O, TS Table 31 TMS N16 I, ST, IP Table 31 TPFIN0 T1 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN1 T4 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN2 T5 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN3 R8 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN4 U9 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN5 T12 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN6 T13 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN7 T16 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP0 R2 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP1 U3 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP2 R6 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP3 T8 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP4 T9 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP5 U13 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP6 R12 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP7 R16 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON0 U1 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON1 R4 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON2 U5 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON3 T7 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON4 R10 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON5 U11 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON6 U15 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON7 T15 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP0 T2 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP1 T3 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP2 T6 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP3 U7 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP4 T10 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP5 T11 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP6 T14 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP7 R14 AO/AI Table 30 TRST_L M17 I, ST, IP Table 31 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 80 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 20 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 8 of 8) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description TxData0 E2 I, ID Table 25 TxData1 C3 I, ID Table 25 TxData2 B5 I, ID Table 25 TxData3 D8 I, ID Table 25 TxData4 A11 I, ID Table 25 TxData5 B13 I, ID Table 25 TxData6 D13 I, ID Table 25 TxData7 E14 I, ID Table 25 TxSLEW_0 N3 I, ST, ID Table 32 TxSLEW_1 M4 I, ST, ID Table 32 VCCD F5 - Table 34 VCCD G13 - Table 34 VCCD J5 - Table 34 VCCD J14 - Table 34 VCCIO A2 - Table 34 VCCIO A8 - Table 34 VCCIO C1 - Table 34 VCCIO C11 - Table 34 VCCIO D14 - Table 34 L5 - Table 34 VCCPECL VCCPECL L13 - Table 34 VCCR N13 - Table 34 VCCR P4 - Table 34 VCCR P7 - Table 34 VCCR P8 - Table 34 VCCR P9 - Table 34 VCCR P10 - Table 34 VCCR P11 - Table 34 VCCR P12 - Table 34 VCCT N6 - Table 34 VCCT N7 - Table 34 VCCT N9 - Table 34 VCCT N11 - Table 34 VCCT N12 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 81 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 1 of 8) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description A1 GNDD - Table 34 A2 VCCIO - Table 34 A3 RxData1 O, TS, ID Table 26 A4 NC - Table 35 A5 NC - Table 35 A6 SYNC0 I, ID Table 26 A7 NC - Table 35 A8 VCCIO - Table 34 Ball A9 GNDD - Table 34 A10 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 A11 TxData4 I, ID Table 25 A12 FIFOSEL0 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 32 A13 RxData4 O, TS, ID Table 26 A14 NC - Table 35 A15 FIFOSEL1 O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 32 A16 NC - Table 35 A17 NC/LINKHOLD I, ID, ST Table 35 Table 32 B1 NC - Table 35 B2 NC - Table 35 B3 GNDD - Table 34 B4 NC - Table 35 B5 TxData2 I, ID Table 25 B6 RxData2 O, TS, ID Table 26 B7 GNDD - Table 34 B8 NC - Table 35 B9 NC - Table 35 B10 MDC1 I, ST, ID Table 28 B11 NC - Table 35 B12 NC - Table 35 B13 TxData5 I, ID Table 25 B14 RxData5 O, TS, ID Table 26 B15 NC - Table 35 B16 NC - Table 35 B17 NC - Table 35 C1 VCCIO - Table 34 C2 RxData0 O, TS, ID Table 26 C3 TxData1 I, ID Table 25 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 82 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 2 of 8) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description C4 NC - Table 35 C5 GNDD - Table 34 C6 NC - Table 35 C7 NC - Table 35 C8 NC - Table 35 C9 MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 C10 NC - Table 35 C11 VCCIO - Table 34 Ball C12 NC - Table 35 C13 GNDD - Table 34 C14 NC - Table 35 C15 RxData6 O, TS, ID Table 26 C16 SYNC1 I, ID Table 26 C17 GNDD - Table 34 D1 GNDD - Table 34 D2 MDIX I, ID, ST Table 32 D3 GNDD - Table 34 D4 NC - Table 35 D5 PAUSE O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST Table 32 D6 GNDD - Table 34 D7 PREASEL I, ID, ST Table 32 D8 TxData3 I, ID Table 25 D9 RxData3 O, TS, ID Table 26 D10 GNDD - Table 34 D11 NC - Table 35 D12 NC - Table 35 D13 TxData6 I, ID Table 25 D14 VCCIO - Table 34 D15 GNDD - Table 34 D16 NC - Table 35 D17 NC - Table 35 E1 MDC0 I, ST, ID Table 28 E2 TxData0 I, ID Table 25 E3 NC - Table 35 E4 NC - Table 35 E5 GNDD - Table 34 E6 REFCLK0 I Table 25 E7 GNDD - Table 34 E8 No Ball - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 83 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 3 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 - Reference for Full Description E9 GNDD E10 No Ball Table 34 E11 GNDD - Table 34 E12 REFCLK1 I Table 25 - E13 GNDD - Table 34 E14 TxData7 I, ID Table 25 E15 NC - Table 35 E16 RxData7 O, TS, ID Table 26 E17 GNDD - Table 34 F1 MDINT0_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 F2 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 F3 MDIO0 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 F4 NC - Table 35 F5 VCCD - Table 34 F6 No ball - - F7 No ball - - F8 No ball - - F9 No Ball - - F10 No Ball - - F11 No Ball - - F12 No Ball - - F13 GNDD - Table 34 F14 NC - Table 35 F15 NC - Table 35 F16 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 F17 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G1 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G2 NC - Table 35 G3 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G4 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SO, IP Table 33 G5 NC - Table 35 G6 No Ball - - G7 No Ball - - G8 No Ball - - G9 No Ball - - G10 No Ball - - G11 No Ball - - G12 No Ball - - G13 VCCD - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 84 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 4 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description G14 NC - Table 35 G15 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G16 NC - Table 35 G17 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H1 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H2 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H3 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H4 NC - Table 35 H5 No Ball - - H6 No Ball - - H7 No Ball - - H8 GNDD - Table 34 H9 GNDD - Table 34 H10 GNDD - Table 34 H11 No Ball - - H12 No Ball - - H13 No Ball - - H14 NC - Table 35 H15 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H16 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H17 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J1 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J2 NC - Table 35 J3 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J4 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J5 VCCD - Table 34 J6 No Ball - - J7 No Ball - - J8 GNDD - Table 34 J9 GNDD - Table 34 J10 GNDD - Table 34 J11 No Ball - - J12 No Ball - - J13 NC - Table 35 J14 VCCD - Table 34 J15 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J16 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J17 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 32 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 85 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 5 of 8) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description K2 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K3 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K4 NC - Table 35 K5 No Ball - - K6 No Ball - - K7 No Ball - - K8 GNDD - Table 34 K9 GNDD - Table 34 K10 GNDD - Table 34 K11 No Ball - - K12 No Ball - - K13 No Ball - - Ball K14 SGND - Table 34 K15 NC - Table 35 K16 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K17 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 L1 MDDIS I, ST, ID Table 28 L2 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 32 L3 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 32 L4 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 32 L5 VCCPECL - Table 34 L6 No Ball - - L7 No Ball - - L8 No Ball - - L9 No Ball - - L10 No Ball - - L11 No Ball - - L11 No Ball - - L13 VCCPECL - Table 34 L14 PWRDWN I, ID, ST Table 32 L15 SECTION I, ST, ID Table 32 L16 ModeSel0 I, ST, ID Table 32 L17 ModeSel1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M1 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M2 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 32 M3 ADD_2 I, ST, ID Table 32 M4 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M5 GNDPECL - Table 34 M6 No Ball - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 86 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 6 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description M7 No Ball - - M8 No Ball - - M9 No Ball - - M10 No Ball - - M11 No Ball - - M12 No Ball - - M13 GNDPECL - Table 34 M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 32 M15 RESET_L I, ST, IP Table 32 M16 TCK I, ST, ID Table 31 M17 TRST_L I, ST, IP Table 31 N1 ADD_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 N2 ADD_0 I, ST, ID Table 32 N3 TxSLEW_0 I, ST, ID Table 32 N4 SD1 I Table 29 N5 SD3 I Table 29 N6 VCCT - Table 34 N7 VCCT - Table 34 N8 No Ball - - N9 VCCT - Table 34 N10 No Ball - - N11 VCCT - Table 34 N12 VCCT - Table 34 N13 VCCR - Table 34 N14 TDI I, ST, IP Table 31 N15 TDO O, TS Table 31 N16 TMS I, ST, IP Table 31 N17 SD7 I Table 29 P1 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Table 29 P2 SD0 I Table 29 P3 SD2 I Table 29 P4 VCCR - Table 34 P5 GNDR - Table 34 P6 GNDR - Table 34 P7 VCCR - Table 34 P8 VCCR - Table 34 P9 VCCR - Table 34 P10 VCCR - Table 34 P11 VCCR - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 87 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 7 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description P12 VCCR - Table 34 P13 GNDR - Table 34 P14 GNDT - Table 34 P15 SD4 I Table 29 P16 SD5 I Table 29 P17 SD6 I Table 29 R1 GNDT - Table 34 R2 TPFIP0 AO/AI Table 30 R3 GNDT - Table 34 R4 TPFON1 AO/AI Table 30 R5 GNDT - Table 34 R6 TPFIP2 AO/AI Table 30 R7 GNDR - Table 34 R8 TPFIN3 AO/AI Table 30 R9 GNDR - Table 34 R10 TPFON4 AO/AI Table 30 R11 GNDR - Table 34 R12 TPFIP6 AO/AI Table 30 R13 GNDR - Table 34 R14 TPFOP7 AO/AI Table 30 R15 GNDT - Table 34 R16 TPFIP7 AO/AI Table 30 R17 GNDT - Table 34 T1 TPFIN0 AO/AI Table 30 T2 TPFOP0 AO/AI Table 30 T3 TPFOP1 AO/AI Table 30 T4 TPFIN1 AO/AI Table 30 T5 TPFIN2 AO/AI Table 30 T6 TPFOP2 AO/AI Table 30 T7 TPFON3 AO/AI Table 30 T8 TPFIP3 AO/AI Table 30 T9 TPFIP4 AO/AI Table 30 T10 TPFOP4 AO/AI Table 30 T11 TPFOP5 AO/AI Table 30 T12 TPFIN5 AO/AI Table 30 T13 TPFIN6 AO/AI Table 30 T14 TPFOP6 AO/AI Table 30 T15 TPFON7 AO/AI Table 30 T16 TPFIN7 AO/AI Table 30 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 88 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 21 SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 8 of 8) Ball 3.3.3 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description T17 GNDT - Table 34 U1 TPFON0 AO/AI Table 30 U2 GNDT - Table 34 U3 TPFIP1 AO/AI Table 30 U4 GNDT - Table 34 U5 TPFON2 AO/AI Table 30 U6 GNDT - Table 34 U7 TPFOP3 AO/AI Table 30 U8 GNDR - Table 34 U9 TPFIN4 AO/AI Table 30 U10 GNDT - Table 34 U11 TPFON5 AO/AI Table 30 U12 GNDT - Table 34 U13 TPFIP5 AO/AI Table 30 U14 GNDT - Table 34 U15 TPFON6 AO/AI Table 30 U16 GNDT - Table 34 U17 GNDT - Table 34 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List The following tables provide the SS-SMII ball locations and signal names arranged in alphanumeric order as follows: * Table 22, SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name * Table 23, SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location, on page 97 Table 22 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 1 of 9) Type1 Reference for Full Description N2 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_1 N1 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_2 M3 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_3 M2 I, ST, ID Table 32 ADD_4 L4 I, ST, ID Table 32 AMDIX_EN K1 I, ST, IP Table 32 CFG_1 M1 I, ST, ID Table 32 CFG_2 L3 I, ST, ID Table 32 CFG_3 L2 I, ST, ID Table 32 FIFOSEL0 A12 I, ID, ST Table 32 FIFOSEL1 A15 I, ID, ST Table 32 G_FX/TP_L M14 I, ID, ST Table 32 Signal Ball ADD_0 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 89 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 2 of 9) Type1 Reference for Full Description A1 - Table 34 A9 - Table 34 GNDD B3 - Table 34 GNDD B7 - Table 34 GNDD C5 - Table 34 GNDD C13 - Table 34 GNDD C17 - Table 34 GNDD D1 - Table 34 GNDD D3 - Table 34 GNDD D6 - Table 34 GNDD D10 - Table 34 GNDD D15 - Table 34 GNDD E5 - Table 34 GNDD E7 - Table 34 GNDD E9 - Table 34 GNDD E11 - Table 34 GNDD E13 - Table 34 GNDD E17 - Table 34 GNDD F13 - Table 34 GNDD H8 - Table 34 GNDD H9 - Table 34 GNDD H10 - Table 34 GNDD J8 - Table 34 GNDD J9 - Table 34 GNDD J10 - Table 34 GNDD K8 - Table 34 GNDD K9 - Table 34 GNDD K10 - Table 34 Signal Ball GNDD GNDD GNDPECL M5 - Table 34 GNDPECL M13 - Table 34 GNDR P5 - Table 34 GNDR P6 - Table 34 GNDR P13 - Table 34 GNDR R7 - Table 34 GNDR R9 - Table 34 GNDR R11 - Table 34 GNDR R13 - Table 34 GNDR U8 - Table 34 GNDT P14 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 90 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 3 of 9) Type1 Reference for Full Description R1 - Table 34 R3 - Table 34 GNDT R5 - Table 34 GNDT R15 - Table 34 GNDT R17 - Table 34 GNDT T17 - Table 34 GNDT U2 - Table 34 GNDT U4 - Table 34 GNDT U6 - Table 34 GNDT U10 - Table 34 GNDT U12 - Table 34 GNDT U14 - Table 34 GNDT U16 - Table 34 GNDT U17 - Table 34 Signal Ball GNDT GNDT LED0_1_L K3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED0_2_L K2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED0_3_L J1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_1_L J4 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_2_L J3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED1_3_L H1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_1_L H2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_2_L H3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED2_3_L G1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_1_L F2 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_2_L G3 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED3_3_L G4 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_1_L K16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_2_L K17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED4_3_L J17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_1_L J15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_2_L J16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED5_3_L H17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_1_L H15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_2_L H16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED6_3_L G17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_1_L G15 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_2_L F17 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 LED7_3_L F16 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 MDC0 E1 I, ST, ID Table 28 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 91 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 4 of 9) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description MDC1 B10 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDDIS L1 I, ST, ID Table 28 MDINT0_L F1 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDINT1_L C9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIO0 F3 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIO1 A10 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 MDIX D2 I, ID, ST Table 32 ModeSel0 L16 I, ST, ID Table 32 ModeSel1 L17 I, ST, ID Table 32 NC A3 - Table 35 NC A4 - Table 35 NC A5 - Table 35 NC A7 - Table 35 NC A13 - Table 35 NC A14 - Table 35 NC A16 - Table 35 NC B2 - Table 35 NC B6 - Table 35 NC B8 - Table 35 NC B14 - Table 35 NC B16 - Table 35 NC C2 - Table 35 NC C4 - Table 35 NC C6 - Table 35 NC C10 - Table 35 NC C14 - Table 35 NC C15 - Table 35 NC D4 - Table 35 NC D9 - Table 35 NC D11 - Table 35 NC D12 - Table 35 NC D16 - Table 35 NC E15 - Table 35 NC E16 - Table 35 NC F4 - Table 35 NC F15 - Table 35 NC G2 - Table 35 NC G5 - Table 35 NC G14 - Table 35 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 92 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 5 of 9) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description NC G16 - Table 35 NC H4 - Table 35 NC H14 - Table 35 NC J2 - Table 35 NC J13 - Table 35 NC K4 - Table 35 NC K15 - Table 35 NC/LINKHOLD A17 I, ID, ST Table 35 Table 32 No ball F6 - - No ball F7 - - No ball F8 - - No Ball E8 - - No Ball E10 - - No Ball F9 - - No Ball F10 - - No Ball F11 - - No Ball F12 - - No Ball G6 - - No Ball G7 - - No Ball G8 - - No Ball G9 - - No Ball G10 - - No Ball G11 - - No Ball G12 - - No Ball H5 - - No Ball H6 - - No Ball H7 - - No Ball H11 - - No Ball H12 - - No Ball H13 - - No Ball J6 - - No Ball J7 - - No Ball J11 No Ball J12 - - No Ball K5 - - No Ball K6 - - No Ball K7 - - No Ball K11 - - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 93 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 6 of 9) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description No Ball K12 - - No Ball K13 - - No Ball L6 - - No Ball L7 - - No Ball L8 - - No Ball L9 - - No Ball L10 - - No Ball L11 - - No Ball L11 - - No Ball M6 - - No Ball M7 - - No Ball M8 - - No Ball M9 - - No Ball M10 - - No Ball M11 - - No Ball M12 - - No Ball N8 - - No Ball N10 - - PAUSE D5 ID, I, ST Table 32 PREASEL D7 I, ID, ST Table 32 PWRDWN L14 I, ST, ID Table 32 REFCLK0 E6 I Table 25 REFCLK1 E12 I Table 25 RESET_L M15 I, ST, IP Table 32 RxCLK0 E3 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxCLK1 B11 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData0 B1 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData1 B4 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData2 C7 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData3 B9 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData4 C12 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData5 B15 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData6 B17 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxData7 F14 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxSYNC0 E4 O, TS, ID Table 27 RxSYNC1 B12 O, TS, ID Table 27 SD_2P5V P1 I, ST, ID Table 29 SD0 P2 I Table 29 SD1 N4 I Table 29 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 94 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 7 of 9) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description SD2 P3 I Table 29 SD3 N5 I Table 29 SD4 P15 I Table 29 SD5 P16 I Table 29 SD6 P17 I Table 29 SD7 N17 I Table 29 SECTION L15 I, ID, ST Table 32 SGND K14 - Table 34 TCK M16 I, ST, ID Table 31 TDI N14 I, ST, IP Table 31 TDO N15 O, TS Table 31 TMS N16 I, ST, IP Table 31 TPFIN0 T1 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN1 T4 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN2 T5 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN3 R8 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN4 U9 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN5 T12 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN6 T13 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIN7 T16 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP0 R2 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP1 U3 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP2 R6 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP3 T8 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP4 T9 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP5 U13 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP6 R12 AO/AI Table 30 TPFIP7 R16 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON0 U1 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON1 R4 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON2 U5 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON3 T7 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON4 R10 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON5 U11 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON6 U15 AO/AI Table 30 TPFON7 T15 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP0 T2 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP1 T3 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP2 T6 AO/AI Table 30 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 95 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 8 of 9) Signal Ball Type1 Reference for Full Description TPFOP3 U7 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP4 T10 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP5 T11 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP6 T14 AO/AI Table 30 TPFOP7 R14 AO/AI Table 30 TRST_L M17 I, IP, ST Table 31 TxCLK0 C8 I, ID Table 27 TxCLK1 D17 I, ID Table 27 TxData0 E2 I, ID Table 25 TxData1 C3 I, ID Table 25 TxData2 B5 I, ID Table 25 TxData3 D8 I, ID Table 25 TxData4 A11 I, ID Table 25 TxData5 B13 I, ID Table 25 TxData6 D13 I, ID Table 25 TxData7 E14 I, ID Table 25 TxSLEW_0 N3 I, ST, ID Table 32 TxSLEW_1 M4 I, ST, ID Table 32 TxSYNC0 A6 I, ID Table 27 TxSYNC1 C16 I, ID Table 27 VCCD F5 - Table 34 VCCD G13 - Table 34 VCCD J5 - Table 34 VCCD J14 - Table 34 VCCIO A2 - Table 34 VCCIO A8 - Table 34 VCCIO C1 - Table 34 VCCIO C11 - Table 34 VCCIO D14 - Table 34 VCCPECL L5 - Table 34 VCCPECL L13 - Table 34 VCCR N13 - Table 34 VCCR P4 - Table 34 VCCR P7 - Table 34 VCCR P8 - Table 34 VCCR P9 - Table 34 VCCR P10 - Table 34 VCCR P11 - Table 34 VCCR P12 - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 96 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 22 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 9 of 9) Type1 Reference for Full Description N6 - Table 34 N7 - Table 34 VCCT N9 - Table 34 VCCT N11 - Table 34 VCCT N12 - Table 34 Signal Ball VCCT VCCT SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 1 of 8) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description A1 GNDD - Table 34 A2 VCCIO - Table 34 A3 NC - Table 35 A4 NC - Table 35 Ball A5 NC - Table 35 A6 TxSYNC0 I, ID Table 27 A7 NC - Table 35 A8 VCCIO - Table 34 A9 GNDD - Table 34 A10 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 A11 TxData4 I, ID Table 25 A12 FIFOSEL0 I, ID, ST Table 32 A13 NC - Table 35 A14 NC - Table 35 A15 FIFOSEL1 I, ID, ST Table 32 A16 NC - Table 35 A17 NC/LINKHOLD I, ID, ST Table 35 Table 32 B1 RxData0 O, TS, ID Table 27 B2 NC - Table 35 B3 GNDD - Table 34 B4 RxData1 O, TS, ID Table 27 B5 TxData2 I, ID Table 25 B6 NC - Table 35 B7 GNDD - Table 34 B8 NC - Table 35 B9 RxData3 O, TS, ID Table 27 B10 MDC1 I, ST, ID Table 28 B11 RxCLK1 O, TS, ID Table 27 B12 RxSYNC1 O, TS, ID Table 27 B13 TxData5 I, ID Table 25 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 97 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 2 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description B14 NC - Table 35 B15 RxData5 O, TS, ID Table 27 B16 NC - Table 35 B17 RxData6 O, TS, ID Table 27 C1 VCCIO - Table 34 C2 NC - Table 35 C3 TxData1 I, ID Table 25 C4 NC - Table 35 C5 GNDD - Table 34 C6 NC - Table 35 C7 RxData2 O, TS, ID Table 27 C8 TxCLK0 I, ID Table 27 C9 MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 C10 NC - Table 35 C11 VCCIO - Table 34 C12 RxData4 O, TS, ID Table 27 C13 GNDD - Table 34 C14 NC - Table 35 C15 NC - Table 35 C16 TxSYNC1 I, ID Table 27 C17 GNDD - Table 34 D1 GNDD - Table 34 D2 MDIX I, ID, ST Table 32 D3 GNDD - Table 34 D4 NC - Table 35 D5 PAUSE ID, I, ST Table 32 D6 GNDD - Table 34 D7 PREASEL I, ID, ST Table 32 D8 TxData3 I, ID Table 25 D9 NC - Table 35 D10 GNDD - Table 34 D11 NC - Table 35 D12 NC - Table 35 D13 TxData6 I, ID Table 25 D14 VCCIO - Table 34 D15 GNDD - Table 34 D16 NC - Table 35 D17 TxCLK1 I, ID Table 27 MDC0 I, ST, ID Table 28 E1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 98 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 3 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description E2 TxData0 I, ID Table 25 E3 RxCLK0 O, TS, ID Table 27 E4 RxSYNC0 O, TS, ID Table 27 E5 GNDD - Table 34 E6 REFCLK0 I Table 25 E7 GNDD - Table 34 E8 No Ball - - E9 GNDD - Table 34 E10 No Ball - - E11 GNDD - Table 34 E12 REFCLK1 I Table 25 E13 GNDD - Table 34 E14 TxData7 I, ID Table 25 E15 NC - Table 35 E16 NC - Table 35 E17 GNDD - Table 34 F1 MDINT0_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 28 F2 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 F3 MDIO0 I/O, TS, SL, IP Table 28 F4 NC - Table 35 F5 VCCD - Table 34 F6 No ball - - F7 No ball - - F8 No ball - - F9 No Ball - - F10 No Ball - - F11 No Ball - - F12 No Ball - - F13 GNDD - Table 34 F14 RxData7 O, TS, ID Table 27 F15 NC - Table 35 F16 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 F17 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G1 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G2 NC - Table 35 G3 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G4 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G5 NC - Table 35 G6 No Ball - - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 99 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 4 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description G7 No Ball - - G8 No Ball - - G9 No Ball - - G10 No Ball - - G11 No Ball - - G12 No Ball - - G13 VCCD - Table 34 G14 NC - Table 35 G15 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 G16 NC - Table 35 G17 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H1 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H2 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H3 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H4 NC - Table 35 H5 No Ball - - H6 No Ball - - H7 No Ball - - H8 GNDD - Table 34 H9 GNDD - Table 34 H10 GNDD - Table 34 H11 No Ball - - H12 No Ball - - H13 No Ball - - H14 NC - Table 35 H15 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H16 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 H17 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J1 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J2 NC - Table 35 J3 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J4 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J5 VCCD - Table 34 J6 No Ball - - J7 No Ball - - J8 GNDD - Table 34 J9 GNDD - Table 34 J10 GNDD - Table 34 J11 No Ball - Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 100 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 5 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description J12 No Ball - - J13 NC - Table 35 J14 VCCD - Table 34 J15 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J16 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 J17 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 32 K2 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K3 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K4 NC - Table 35 K5 No Ball - - K6 No Ball - - K7 No Ball - - K8 GNDD - Table 34 K9 GNDD - Table 34 K10 GNDD - Table 34 K11 No Ball - - K12 No Ball - - K13 No Ball - - K14 SGND - Table 34 K15 NC - Table 35 K16 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 K17 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 33 L1 MDDIS I, ST, ID Table 28 L2 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 32 L3 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 32 L4 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 32 L5 VCCPECL - Table 34 L6 No Ball - - L7 No Ball - - L8 No Ball - - L9 No Ball - - L10 No Ball - - L11 No Ball - - L11 No Ball - - L13 VCCPECL - Table 34 L14 PWRDWN I, ST, ID Table 32 L15 SECTION I, ID, ST Table 32 L16 ModeSel0 I, ST, ID Table 32 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 101 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 6 of 8) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description L17 ModeSel1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M1 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M2 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 32 M3 ADD_2 I, ST, ID Table 32 M4 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID Table 32 M5 GNDPECL - Table 34 M6 No Ball - - M7 No Ball - - M8 No Ball - - M9 No Ball - - M10 No Ball - - M11 No Ball - - Ball M12 No Ball - - M13 GNDPECL - Table 34 M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ID, ST Table 32 M15 RESET_L I, IP, ST Table 32 M16 TCK I, ST, ID Table 31 M17 TRST_L I, IP, ST Table 31 N1 ADD_1 I, ID, ST Table 32 N2 ADD_0 I, ID, ST Table 32 N3 TxSLEW_0 I, ID, ST Table 32 N4 SD1 I Table 29 N5 SD3 I Table 29 N6 VCCT - Table 34 N7 VCCT - Table 34 N8 No Ball - - N9 VCCT - Table 34 N10 No Ball - - N11 VCCT - Table 34 N12 VCCT - Table 34 N13 VCCR - Table 34 N14 TDI I, ST, IP Table 31 N15 TDO O, TS Table 31 N16 TMS I, ST, IP Table 31 N17 SD7 I Table 29 P1 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Table 29 P2 SD0 I Table 29 P3 SD2 I Table 29 P4 VCCR - Table 34 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 102 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.3 BGA23 Ball Assignments SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 7 of 8) Ball Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description P5 GNDR - Table 34 P6 GNDR - Table 34 P7 VCCR - Table 34 P8 VCCR - Table 34 P9 VCCR - Table 34 P10 VCCR - Table 34 P11 VCCR - Table 34 P12 VCCR - Table 34 P13 GNDR - Table 34 P14 GNDT - Table 34 P15 SD4 I Table 29 P16 SD5 I Table 29 P17 SD6 I Table 29 R1 GNDT - Table 34 R2 TPFIP0 AO/AI Table 30 R3 GNDT - Table 34 R4 TPFON1 AO/AI Table 30 R5 GNDT - Table 34 R6 TPFIP2 AO/AI Table 30 R7 GNDR - Table 34 R8 TPFIN3 AO/AI Table 30 R9 GNDR - Table 34 R10 TPFON4 AO/AI Table 30 R11 GNDR - Table 34 R12 TPFIP6 AO/AI Table 30 R13 GNDR - Table 34 R14 TPFOP7 AO/AI Table 30 R15 GNDT - Table 34 R16 TPFIP7 AO/AI Table 30 R17 GNDT - Table 34 T1 TPFIN0 AO/AI Table 30 T2 TPFOP0 AO/AI Table 30 T3 TPFOP1 AO/AI Table 30 T4 TPFIN1 AO/AI Table 30 T5 TPFIN2 AO/AI Table 30 T6 TPFOP2 AO/AI Table 30 T7 TPFON3 AO/AI Table 30 T8 TPFIP3 AO/AI Table 30 T9 TPFIP4 AO/AI Table 30 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 103 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 23 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (Sheet 8 of 8) Signal Type1 Reference for Full Description T10 TPFOP4 AO/AI Table 30 T11 TPFOP5 AO/AI Table 30 T12 TPFIN5 AO/AI Table 30 T13 TPFIN6 AO/AI Table 30 T14 TPFOP6 AO/AI Table 30 T15 TPFON7 AO/AI Table 30 T16 TPFIN7 AO/AI Table 30 T17 GNDT - Table 34 U1 TPFON0 AO/AI Table 30 U2 GNDT - Table 34 U3 TPFIP1 AO/AI Table 30 U4 GNDT - Table 34 U5 TPFON2 AO/AI Table 30 U6 GNDT - Table 34 U7 TPFOP3 AO/AI Table 30 U8 GNDR - Table 34 Ball U9 TPFIN4 AO/AI Table 30 U10 GNDT - Table 34 U11 TPFON5 AO/AI Table 30 U12 GNDT - Table 34 U13 TPFIP5 AO/AI Table 30 U14 GNDT - Table 34 U15 TPFON6 AO/AI Table 30 U16 GNDT - Table 34 U17 GNDT - Table 34 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions 3.4.1 Signal Name Conventions Signal names may contain either a port designation or a serial designation, or a combination of the two designations. Signal naming conventions are as follows: * Port Number Only. Individual signals that apply to a particular port are designated by the Signal Mnemonic, immediately followed by the Port Designation. For example, Transmit Enable signals would be identified as TxEN0, TxEN1, and TxEN2. * Serial Number Only. A set of signals which are not tied to any specific port are designated by the Signal Mnemonic, followed by an underscore and a serial designation. For example, a set of three Global Configuration signals would be identified as CFG_1, CFG_2, and CFG_3. * Port and Serial Number. In cases where each port is assigned a set of multiple signals, each signal is designated in the following order: Signal Mnemonic, Port Designation, an underscore, and the serial designation. For example, a set of three Port Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 104 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Configuration signals would be identified as RxData0_0 and RxData0_1, RxData1_0 and RxData1_1, and RxData2_0 and RxData2_1. 3.4.2 Signal Descriptions - RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations Table 24 RMII Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 3) Ball/Pin Designation Symbol Type1 BGA23 PQFP E6, E12 44 6 REFCLK0 REFCLK1 I E2, F4 61 62 TxData0_0 TxData0_1 I, ID C3, D4 52 53 TxData1_0 TxData1_1 I, ID B5 A4 42 43 TxData2_0 TxData2_1 I, ID D8, A6 34 35 TxData3_0 TxData3_1 I, ID A11, C10 22 23 TxData4_0 TxData4_1 I, ID B13, D11 13 14 TxData5_0 TxData5_1 I, ID D13, A16 4 5 TxData6_0 TxData6_1 I, ID E14, C16 203 204 TxData7_0 TxData7_1 I, ID E3, B2, C6, A7, B11, A14, C14, D16 60 51 41 33 21 12 3 202 TxEN0 TxEN1 TxEN2 TxEN3 TxEN4 TxEN5 TxEN6 TxEN7 I, ID Signal Description2,3 Reference Clock. 50 MHz RMII reference clock is always required. RMII inputs are sampled on the rising edge of REFCLK, RMII outputs are sourced on the falling edge. Transmit Data - Port 0. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 0 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 1. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 1 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK Transmit Data - Port 2. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 2 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 3. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 3 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 4. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 4 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 5. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 5 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 6. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 6 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Data - Port 7. Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted from port 7 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK. Transmit Enable - Ports 0-7. Active High input enables respective port transmitter. This signal must be synchronous to the REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 105 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 24 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions RMII Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 3) Ball/Pin Designation Symbol Type1 BGA23 PQFP C2, B1 55 54 RxData0_0 RxData0_1 O, TS O, TS, ID A3, B4 46 45 RxData1_0 RxData1_1 O, TS O, TS, ID B6, C7 37 36 RxData2_0 RxData2_1 O, TS O, TS, ID D9, B9 28 27 RxData3_0 RxData3_1 O, TS O, TS, ID A13, C12 16 15 RxData4_0 RxData4_1 O, TS O, TS, ID B14, B15 8 7 RxData5_0 RxData5_1 O, TS O, TS, ID C15, B17 206 205 RxData6_0 RxData6_1 O, TS O, TS, ID Signal Description2,3 Receive Data - Port 0. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 1. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 2. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 3. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 4. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 5. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Receive Data - Port 6. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 106 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 24 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions RMII Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 3 of 3) Ball/Pin Designation Symbol Type1 O, TS O, TS, ID BGA23 PQFP E16, F14 198 197 RxData7_0 RxData7_1 E4, C4, A5, B8, B12, D12, B16, E15 58 49 39 31 17 10 1 200 CRS_DV0 CRS_DV1 CRS_DV2 CRS_DV3 CRS_DV4 CRS_DV5 CRS_DV6 CRS_DV7 Signal Description2,3 Receive Data - Port 7. Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven synchronously to REFCLK. Carrier Sense/Receive Data Valid - Ports 0-7. O, TS, SL, ID On detection of valid carrier, these signals are asserted asynchronously with respect to REFCLK. CRS_DVn is de-asserted on loss of carrier, synchronous to REFCLK. Receive Error - Ports 0-7. D2, D5, D7, C8, A12, A15, A17, D17 59 50 40 32 20 11 2 201 RxER0 RxER1 RxER2 RxER3 RxER4 RxER5 RxER6 RxER7 These signals are synchronous to the respective REFCLK. Active High indicates that received code group is invalid, or that PLL is not locked. O, TS, SL, ID, I, ST The RxER signals have the following additional function pins: RxER0 (MDIX) RxER1 (PAUSE) RxER2 (PREASEL) RxER4 (FIFOSEL0) RxER5 (FIFOSEL1) RxER6 {LINKHOLD) 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 107 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 25 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions - BGA23 Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 PQFP E2, C3, B5, D8, A11, B13, D13, E14 61 52 42 34 22 13 4 203 Symbol Type1 TxData0 TxData1 TxData2 TxData3 TxData4 TxData5 TxData6 TxData7 I, ID Signal Description2 Transmit Data - Ports 0-7. These serial input streams provide data to be transmitted to the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E clocks the data in synchronously to REFCLK. Reference Clock. E6, E12 44 6 REFCLK0 REFCLK1 I The LXT9785/LXT9785E always requires a 125 MHz reference clock input. Refer to Functional Description for detailed clock requirements. REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 are always connected regardless of sectionalization mode. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. Table 26 SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - BGA23 Pin/Ball Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 PQFP SMII Synchronization. A6, C16 35 204 SYNC0 SYNC1 C2, A3, B6, D9, A13, B14, C15, E16 55 46 37 28 16 8 206 198 RxData0 RxData1 RxData2 RxData3 RxData4 RxData5 RxData6 RxData7 I, ID The MAC must generate a SYNC pulse every 10 REFCLK cycles to synchronize the SMII. SYNC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. SYNC0 and SYNC1 are to be used when 2x4 port sectionalization is chosen. Receive Data - Ports 0-7. O, TS These serial output streams provide data received from the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the data out synchronously to RXCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. 3. RxData[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and hardware power-down modes and during hardware reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 108 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 27 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - BGA23 Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 PQFP A6, C16 35 204 Symbol Type1 TxSYNC0 TxSYNC1 I, ID Signal Description2,3 SS-SMII Transmit Synchronization. The MAC must generate a TxSYNC pulse every 10 TxCLK cycles to mark the start of TxData segments. TxSYNC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. SS-SMII Receive Synchronization. E4, B12 58 17 RxSYNC0 C8, D17 32 201 TxCLK0 TxCLK1 RxSYNC1 O, TS, ID The LXT9785/LXT9785E generates these pulses every 10 RxCLK cycles to mark the start of RxData segments for the MAC. RxSYNC1 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. RxSYNC0 may not be used. These outputs are only enabled when SS-SMII mode is enabled. SS-SMII Transmit Clock. I, ID The MAC sources this 125 MHz clock as the timing reference for TxData and TxSYNC. Only TxCLK0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. SS-SMII Receive Clock. E3, B11 60 21 RxCLK0 RxCLK1 O, TS, ID B1, B4, C7, B9, C12, B15, B17, F14 54 45 36 27 15 7 205 197 RxData0 RxData1 RxData2 RxData3 RxData4 RxData5 RxData6 RxData7 O, TS, ID The LXT9785/LXT9785E generates these clocks, based on REFCLK, to provide a timing reference for RxData and RxSYNC to the MAC. RxCLK1 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. RxCLK0 may not be used. Receive Data - Ports 0-7. These serial output streams provide data received from the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the data out synchronously to REFCLK. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. RxData[0:7], RxSYNC[0:1], and RxCLK[0:1] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down modes and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 109 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 28 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions MDIO Control Interface Signals - BGA23 Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3,4 PQFP Management Data Input/Output. F3, A10 64 25 MDIO0 MDIO1 I/O, TS, SL, IP Bidirectional serial data channel for communication between the PHY and MAC or switch ASIC. Only MDIO0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDIO0 accesses ports 0-3 and MDIO1 accesses ports 4-7. Refer to Figure 21, Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization, on page 161. Management Data Interrupt. F1, C9 67 26 MDINT0_L MDINT1_L OD, TS, SL, IP When Register bit 18.1 = 1, an active Low output on this Pin indicates status change. Only MDINT0_L is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDINT0_L is associated with ports 0-3 and MDINT1_L is associated with ports 4-7. Refer to Figure 21, Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization, on page 161. Management Data Clock. E1, B10 63 24 MDC0 MDC1 I, ST, ID Clock for the MDIO serial data channel. Maximum frequency is 20 MHz. Only MDC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDC0 clocks ports 0-3 register accesses and MDC1 clocks ports 4-7 register accesses. Refer to Figure 21, Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization, on page 161. Management Disable. When MDDIS is tied High, the MDIO port is completely disabled and the Hardware Control Interface pins set their respective bits at power up and reset. L1 84 MDDIS I, ST, ID When MDDIS is pulled Low at power up or reset, via the internal pull-down resistor or by tying it to ground, the Hardware Control Interface Pins control only the initial or "default" values of their respective register bits. After the power-up/reset cycle is complete, bit control reverts to the MDIO serial channel. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. MDIO[0:1] and MDINT[0:1]_L outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. 4. Supports the 802.3 MDIO register set. Specific bits in the registers are referenced using an "X.Y" notation, where X is the register number (0-32) and Y is the bit number (0-15). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 110 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 29 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Signal Detect - BGA23 Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 PQFP Signal Detect 2.5 Volt Interface. SD input threshold voltage select. P1 95 SD_2P5V I, ST, ID Tie to VCCPECL = Select 2.5 V LVPECL input levels Float or Tie to GNDPECL = Select 3.3 V LVPECL input levels P2, N4, P3, N5, P15, P16, P17, N17 96 97 100 101 161 162 165 166 Signal Detect - Ports 0-7. SD0 SD1 SD2 SD3 SD4 SD5 SD6 SD7 Signal Detect input from the fiber transceiver (these inputs are only active for ports operating in fiber mode). I Logic High = Normal operation (the process of searching for receive idles for the purpose of bringing link up is initiated) Logic Low = Link is declared lost 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. 3. Tie SD[0:7] inputs to GNDPECL if unused. Table 30 Network Interface Signal Descriptions - BGA23 Ball/Pin Designation Symbol BGA23 PQFP T2, U1, T3, R4, T6, U5, U7, T7, T10, R10, T11, U11, T14,U15, R14, T15 107, 108 111, 110 121, 122 125, 124 136, 137 140, 139 150, 151 154, 153 TPFOP0, TPFON0 TPFOP1, TPFON1 TPFOP2, TPFON2 TPFOP3, TPFON3 TPFOP4, TPFON4 TPFOP5, TPFON5 TPFOP6, TPFON6 TPFOP7, TPFON7 R2, T1, U3, T4, R6, T5, T8, R8, T9, U9, U13, T12, R12, T13, R16, T16 104, 105 115, 114 118, 119 129, 128 132, 133 143, 142 146, 147 157, 156 TPFIP0, TPFIN0 TPFIP1, TPFIN1 TPFIP2, TPFIN2 TPFIP3, TPFIN3 TPFIP4, TPFIN4 TPFIP5, TPFIN5 TPFIP6, TPFIN6 TPFIP7, TPFIN7 Type1 Signal Description Twisted-Pair/Fiber Outputs2, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7. AO/AI During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPFO pins drive 802.3 compliant pulses onto the line. During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFO pins produce differential LVPECL outputs for fiber transceivers. Twisted-Pair/Fiber Inputs3, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7. AI/AO During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPFI pins receive differential 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T signals from the line. During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFI pins receive differential LVPECL inputs from fiber transceivers. 1. Type Column Coding: AI = Analog Input, AO = Analog Output. 2. Switched to Inputs (see TPFIP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is, twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode]. 3. Switched to Outputs (see TPFOP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is, twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode]. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 111 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 31 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions JTAG Test Signal Descriptions - BGA23 Ball/Pin Designation Symbol Type1 BGA23 PQFP N14 167 TDI I, ST, IP N15 168 TDO O, TS N16 169 TMS I, ST, IP M16 170 TCK I, ST, ID M17 171 TRST_L I, ST, IP Signal Description2,3 Test Data Input. Test data sampled with respect to the rising edge of TCK. Test Data Output. Test data driven with respect to the falling edge of TCK. Test Mode Select. Test Clock. Clock input for JTAG test. Test Reset. Reset input for JTAG test. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain, TS = Three-State-able output, SMT = Schmitt Triggered input, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. TDO output is three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. Table 32 Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 4) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PQFP Tx Output Slew Controls 0 and 1 Defaults. These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bits 27.11:10 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. N3, M4 94 93 TxSLEW_0 TxSLEW_1 These pins select the TX output slew rate for all ports (rise and fall time) as follows: I, ST, ID TxSLEW_1 TxSLEW_0 Slew Rate (Rise and Fall Time) 0 0 3.3 ns 0 1 3.6 ns 1 0 3.9 ns 1 1 4.2 ns 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 112 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 32 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 4) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PQFP Pause Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 4.10 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. D5 50 PAUSE ID, I, ST When High, the LXT9785/LXT9785E advertises Pause capabilities on all ports during auto-negotiation. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER1. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set Pause active while RxER1 is three-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default Pause state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. Power-Down. L14 174 PWRDWN I, ST, ID When High, forces the LXT9785/LXT9785E into global power-down mode. Pin is not on JTAG chain. Reset. M15 175 RESET_L I, ST, IP This active low input is ORed with the control register Reset Register bit 0.15. When held Low, all outputs are forced to inactive state. Pin is not on JTAG chain. Address <4:0>. L4, M2, M3, N1, N2 88 89 90 91 92 ADD_4 ADD_3 ADD_2 ADD_1 ADD_0 Sets base address. Each port adds its port number (starting with 0) to this address to determine its PHY address. I, ST, ID Port 0 Address = Base Port 1 Address = Base + 1 Port 2 Address = Base + 2 Port 3 Address = Base + 3 Port 4 Address = Base + 4 Port 5 Address = Base + 5 Port 6 Address = Base + 6 Port 7 Address = Base + 7 Mode Select[1:0]. 00 = RMII L17, L16 178 177 MODESEL_1 MODESEL_0 01 = SMII I, ST, ID 10 = SS-SMII 11 = Reserved All ports are configured the same. Interfaces cannot be mixed and must be all RMII, SMII, or SS-SMII. Sectionalization Select. L15 176 SECTION I, ST, ID This pin selects sectionalization into separate ports. 0 = 1x8 ports, 1 = 2x4 ports 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 113 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 32 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 3 of 4) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PQFP Auto MDI/MDIX Enable Default. K1 83 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.9 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40, MDIX Selection, on page 142. When active (High), automatic MDI crossover (MDIX) (regardless of segmentation) is selected for all ports. When inactive (Low) MDIX is selected according to the MDIX pin. MDIX Select Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.8 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40, MDIX Selection, on page 142. When AMDIX_EN is active this pin is ignored. D2 59 MDIX I, ID, ST When AMDIX_EN is inactive, all ports are forced to the MDI or the MDIX function regardless of segmentation. If this pin is active (high), MDI crossover (MDIX) is selected. If this pin is inactive, non-crossover MDI mode is set. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER0. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set MDIX active while RxER0 is three-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default MDIX state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. Do not tie this pin directly to VCCIO (vs. using a pull-up) in non-RMII modes. Global Port Configuration Defaults 1-3. L2, L3, M1 85 86 87 CFG_3 CFG_2 CFG_1 I, ST, ID These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of register bits shown in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When operating in Hardware Control Mode, these pins provide configuration control options for all the ports (refer to Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152 for details). Global FX/TP_L Enable Default. M14 173 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.0 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 93, Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10), on page 222. This input selects whether all the ports are defaulted to TP vs. FX mode. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 114 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 32 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 4 of 4) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2 PQFP FIFO Select <1:0>. These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bits 18.15:14 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup/reset. A15 A12 11 20 FIFOSEL1 FIFOSEL0 I, ID, ST These pins are shared with RMII-RxER<5:4>. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set FIFO Select<1:0> to active while RxER<5:4> are three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is used, the default FIFO select state is set via the internal pull-down resistors. See Table 36, Receive FIFO Depth Configurations, on page 119. Preamble Select. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.5 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup/reset. D7 40 PREASEL I, ID, ST This pin is shared with RMII-RxER2. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set Preamble Select to active while RxER2 is three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is used, the default Preamble Select state is set via the internal pull-down resistors. Note: Preamble select has no effect in 100 Mbps operation. A17 2 LINKHOLD3 I, ID, ST LINKHOLD Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 0.11 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When High, the LXT9785/LXT9785E powers down all ports. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER6. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set LINKHOLD active while RxER6 is tri-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default LINKHOLD state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS = Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal Pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode. 3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 115 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 33 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions LED Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 2) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 PQFP K3, K2, J1 82 81 80 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 Port 0 LED Drivers 1-3. LED0_1_L LED0_2_L LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 0. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 1 LED Drivers 1-3. J4, J3, H1 77 76 75 LED1_1_L LED1_2_L LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 1. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 2 LED Drivers 1-3. H2, H3, G1 73 72 71 LED2_1_L LED2_2_L LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 2. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 3 LED Drivers 1-3. F2, G3, G4 70 69 68 LED3_1_L LED3_2_L LED3_3_L K16, K17, J17 180 181 182 LED4_1_L LED4_2_L LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 3. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 4 LED Drivers 1-3. OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 4. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 116 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 33 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions LED Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 2) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 Symbol Type1 Signal Description2,3 PQFP Port 5 LED Drivers 1-3. J15, J16, H17 185 186 187 LED5_1_L LED5_2_L LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 5. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 6 LED Drivers 1-3. H15, H16, G17 189 190 191 LED6_1_L LED6_2_L LED6_3_L G15, F17, F16 192 193 194 LED7_1_L LED7_2_L LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 6. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 7 LED Drivers 1-3. OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 7. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled. 3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset. Table 34 Power Supply Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 2) Ball/Pin Designation BGA23 PQFP F5, G13, J14, J5 65, 78, 184, 196 A2, A8, C1, C11, D14 18, 29, 47, 56, 208 Symbol Type VCCD - Signal Description Digital Power Supply - Core. +2.5 V supply for core digital circuits. Digital Power Supply - I/O Ring. VCCIO - +2.5/3.3 V supply for digital I/O circuits. The digital input circuits running off of this rail, having a TTL-level threshold and over-voltage protection, may be interfaced with 3.3/5.0 V, when the IO supply is 3.3 V, and 2.5/3.3/5.0 V when 2.5 V. Digital Power Supply - PECL Signal Detect Inputs. L5, L13 98, 164 VCCPECL - N13, P4, P7, P8, P9, P10, P11, P12 103, 116, 117, 130, 131, 144, 145, 158 VCCR - +2.5/3.3 V supply for PECL Signal Detect input circuits. If Fiber Mode is not used (that is, G_FX/TP_L is pulled Low), the VCCPECL pins may be tied to GNDPECL to save power. Analog Power Supply - Receive. +2.5 V supply for all analog receive circuits. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 117 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 34 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Power Supply Signal Descriptions - BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 2) Ball/Pin Designation Symbol Type VCCT - BGA23 PQFP N6, N7, N9, N11, N12 109, 123, 138, 152 A1, A9, B3, B7, C5, C13, C17, D1, D3, D6, D10, D15, E5, E7, E9, E11, E13, E17, F13, H8, H9, H10, J8, J9, J10, K8, K9, K10 66, 79, 183, 195 GNDD - - 9, 19, 30, 38, 48, 57, 74, 188, 199, 207 GNDIO - M5, M13 99, 163 GNDPECL - P5, P6, P13, R7, R9, R11, R13, U8 106, 112, 120, 126, 135, 141, 149, 155 GNDR - P14, R1, R3, R5, R15, R17, T17, U2, U4, U6, U10, U12, U14, U16, U17 113, 127, 134, 148 GNDT - K14 179 SGND - Signal Description Analog Power Supply - Transmit. +2.5 V supply for all analog transmit circuits. Digital Ground. Ground return for core digital supplies (VCCD). All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Digital GND - I/O Ring. Ground return for digital I/O circuits (VCCIO). Digital GND - PECL Signal Detect Inputs. Ground return for PECL Signal Detect input circuits. Analog Ground - Receive. Ground return for receive analog supply. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Analog Ground - Transmit. Ground return for transmit analog supply. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Substrate Ground. Ground for chip substrate. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 118 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 35 3.4 BGA23 Signal Descriptions Unused/Reserved Pins - BGA23 Pin/Ball Designation Type1 Symbol BGA23 Signal Description PQFP RMII - No Connection F15, G2, G5, G14, G16, H4, H14, J2, J13, K4, K15 NC NC - No Connection. NC - No Connection NC - No Connection SMII - No Connection A4, A5, A7, A14, A16, B1, B2, B4, B8, B9, B11, B12, B15, B16, B17, C4, C6, C7, C8, C10, C12, C14, D4, D11, D12, D16, D17, E3, E4, E15, F4, F14, F15, G2, G5, G14, G16, H4, H14, J2, J13, K4, K15 NC SS-SMII - No Connection A3, A4, A5, A7, A13, A14, A16, B2, B6, B8, B14, B16, C2, C4, C6, C10, C14, C15, D4, D9, D11, D12, D16, E15, E16, F4, F15, G2, G5, G14, G16, H4, H14, J2, J13, K4, K15 NC 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. Table 36 Receive FIFO Depth Configurations FIFOSEL1 FIFOSEL0 Register 18.15 Value Register 18.14 Value 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 119 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.5 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments BGA15 Ball Assignments The following figure and tables provide the BGA15 ball locations and signal names arranged in alphanumeric order as follows: * Figure 6, 196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View) * Table 37, LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name, on page 121 * Table 38, LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII), on page 126 Figure 6 196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View) 1 2 3 4 A A1 A2 A3 A4 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C C1 C2 C3 C4 D D1 D2 D3 E E1 E2 E3 5 6 7 A5 A6 A7 B5 B6 B7 C5 C6 C7 D4 D5 D6 E4 E5 E6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D E7 E8 E9 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E F11 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F14 F G G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H J J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J14 J K K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L M M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M N N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10 N11 N12 N13 N14 N P P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J11 L11 11 F12 J12 L12 12 F13 J13 L13 13 L14 14 B1532-01 3.5.1 BGA15 Ball List The following tables provide the RMII BGA23 ball locations and signal names arranged in alphanumeric order as follows: * Table 37, LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name, on page 121 * Table 38, LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII), on page 126 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 120 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 37 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 1 of 6) Signal Name Ball Type Reference for Full Description ADD_3 P10 I, ST, ID Table 39 ADD_4 N10 I, ST, ID Table 39 AMDIX_EN K8 I, ST, IP Table 39 AVCC D12 - Table 39 AVCC E12 - Table 39 AVCC F12 - Table 39 AVCC G12 - Table 39 AVCC H12 - Table 39 AVCC J12 - Table 39 AVCC K12 - Table 39 AVCC L12 - Table 39 AVSS E11 - Table 39 AVSS F9 - Table 39 AVSS F10 - Table 39 AVSS F11 - Table 39 AVSS G9 - Table 39 AVSS G10 - Table 39 AVSS G11 - Table 39 AVSS H9 - Table 39 AVSS H10 - Table 39 AVSS H11 - Table 39 AVSS J9 - Table 39 AVSS J10 - Table 39 AVSS J11 - Table 39 AVSS K11 - Table 39 AVSS L11 - Table 39 CFG_1 M10 I, ST, ID Table 39 CFG_2 L9 I, ST, ID Table 39 CFG_3 M9 I, ST, ID Table 39 FIFOSEL0 F1 I, ID Table 39 FIFOSEL1 C1 I, ID Table 39 GNDD A1 - Table 39 GNDD A2 - Table 39 GNDD A3 - Table 39 GNDD B1 - Table 39 GNDD B2 - Table 39 GNDD B5 - Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 121 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 37 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 2 of 6) Signal Name Ball Type Reference for Full Description GNDD B10 - Table 39 GNDD D9 - Table 39 GNDD D11 - Table 39 GNDD E5 - Table 39 GNDD E6 - Table 39 GNDD E9 - Table 39 GNDD E10 - Table 39 GNDD F5 - Table 39 GNDD F6 - Table 39 GNDD F7 - Table 39 GNDD F8 - Table 39 GNDD G4 - Table 39 GNDD G6 - Table 39 GNDD G7 - Table 39 GNDD G8 - Table 39 GNDD H6 - Table 39 GNDD H7 - Table 39 GNDD H8 - Table 39 GNDD J5 - Table 39 GNDD J6 - Table 39 GNDD J7 - Table 39 GNDD J8 - Table 39 GNDD K5 - Table 39 GNDD K6 - Table 39 GNDD K9 - Table 39 GNDD K10 - Table 39 GNDD L2 - Table 39 GNDD N1 - Table 39 GNDD N11 - Table 39 GNDD P1 - Table 39 GNDD P11 - Table 39 LED0_1_L N9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED0_2_L P9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED0_3_L M8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED1_1_L N8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED1_2_L P8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED1_3_L L8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED2_1_L P7 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 122 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 37 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 3 of 6) Signal Name Ball Type Reference for Full Description LED2_2_L N7 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED2_3_L M7 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED3_1_L P6 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED3_2_L N6 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED3_3_L M6 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED4_1_L B9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED4_2_L A9 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED4_3_L D8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED5_1_L B8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED5_2_L A8 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED5_3_L C7 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED6_1_L A7 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED6_2_L B7 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED6_3_L D6 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED7_1_L B6 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED7_2_L A6 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LED7_3_L D5 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 LINKHOLD B3 ID Table 39 MDC P4 I, ST, ID Table 39 MDINT_L P5 OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 MDIO N5 IO, TS, SL, IP Table 39 ModeSel_0 C9 I, ST, ID Table 39 ModeSel_1 E8 I, ST, ID Table 39 NC C4 - Table 39 NC D1 - Table 39 NC D2 - Table 39 NC D10 - Table 39 NC E4 - Table 39 NC E7 - Table 39 NC G2 - Table 39 NC G5 - Table 39 NC H1 - Table 39 NC H5 - Table 39 NC J4 - Table 39 NC K4 - Table 39 NC K7 - Table 39 NC L1 - Table 39 NC L6 - Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 123 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 37 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 4 of 6) Signal Name Ball Type Reference for Full Description NC L10 - Table 39 NC M4 - Table 39 NC M5 - Table 39 NC P2 - Table 39 NC P3 - Table 39 REFCLK0 L4 I Table 39 REFCLK1 C3 I Table 39 RESET_L C10 I, ST, IP Table 39 RXCLK G1 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData0_S N3 O, TS Table 39 RxData0_SS M3 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData1_S M2 O, TS Table 39 RxData1_SS M1 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData2_S K2 O, TS Table 39 RxData2_SS J2 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData3_S H3 O, TS Table 39 RxData3_SS H2 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData4_S F2 O, TS Table 39 RxData4_SS F3 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData5_S E3 O, TS Table 39 RxData5_SS C2 O, TS Table 39 RxData6_S B4 O, TS Table 39 RxData6_SS A4 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxData7_S C5 O, TS Table 39 RxData7_SS C6 O, TS, ID Table 39 RxSYNC E1 O, TS, ID Table 39 SGND C8 - Table 39 SYNC/TXSYNC K1 I, ID Table 39 TCK A11 I, ST, ID Table 39 TDI C12 I, ST, IP Table 39 TDO C11 O, TS Table 39 TMS B11 I, ST, IP Table 39 TPIN0 N12 AI/AO Table 39 TPIN1 M13 AI/AO Table 39 TPIN2 L14 AI/AO Table 39 TPIN3 H13 AI/AO Table 39 TPIN4 G13 AI/AO Table 39 TPIN5 D14 AI/AO Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 124 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 37 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 5 of 6) Signal Name Ball Type Reference for Full Description TPIN6 C13 AI/AO Table 39 TPIN7 B12 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP0 P12 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP1 M14 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP2 L13 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP3 H14 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP4 G14 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP5 D13 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP6 C14 AI/AO Table 39 TPIP7 A12 AI/AO Table 39 TPON0 N13 AO/AI Table 39 TPON1 P14 AO/AI Table 39 TPON2 K14 AO/AI Table 39 TPON3 J13 AO/AI Table 39 TPON4 F13 AO/AI Table 39 TPON5 E14 AO/AI Table 39 TPON6 A14 AO/AI Table 39 TPON7 B13 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP0 P13 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP1 N14 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP2 K13 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP3 J14 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP4 F14 AO, AI Table 39 TPOP5 E13 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP6 B14 AO/AI Table 39 TPOP7 A13 AO/AI Table 39 TRST_L A10 I, ST, IP Table 39 TXCLK J3 I, ID Table 39 TxData0 N4 I, ID Table 39 TxData1 N2 I, ID Table 39 TxData2 K3 I, ID Table 39 TxData3 J1 I, ID Table 39 TxData4 G3 I, ID Table 39 TxData5 E2 I, ID Table 39 TxData6 D3 I, ID Table 39 TxData7 A5 I, ID Table 39 TXSLEW_0 M11 I, ST, ID Table 39 TXSLEW_1 M12 I,ST, ID Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 125 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 37 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name (Sheet 6 of 6) Signal Name Ball Type Reference for Full Description VCCD D7 - Table 39 VCCD L7 - Table 39 VCCIO D4 - Table 39 VCCIO F4 - Table 39 VCCIO H4 - Table 39 VCCIO L3 - Table 39 VCCIO L5 - Table 39 Table 38 shows the ball locations and signal names arranged in order by ball location. Table 38 LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) (Sheet 1 of 6) Ball Signal Name Type Reference for Full Description A1 GNDD - Table 39 A2 GNDD - Table 39 A3 GNDD - Table 39 A4 RxData6_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 A5 TxData7 I, ID Table 39 A6 LED7_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 A7 LED6_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 A8 LED5_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 A9 LED4_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 A10 TRST_L I, ST, IP Table 39 A11 TCK I, ST, ID Table 39 A12 TPIP7 AI/AO Table 39 A13 TPOP7 AO/AI Table 39 A14 TPON6 AO/AI Table 39 B1 GNDD - Table 39 B2 GNDD - Table 39 B3 LINKHOLD ID Table 39 B4 RxData6_S O, TS Table 39 B5 GNDD - Table 39 B6 LED7_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 B7 LED6_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 B8 LED5_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 B9 LED4_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 B10 GNDD - Table 39 B11 TMS I, ST, IP Table 39 B12 TPIN7 AI/AO Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 126 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 38 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) (Sheet 2 of 6) Ball Signal Name Type Reference for Full Description B13 TPON7 AO/AI Table 39 B14 TPOP6 AO/AI Table 39 C1 FIFOSEL1 I, ID Table 39 C2 RxData5_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 C3 REFCLK1 I Table 39 C4 NC - Table 39 C5 RxData7_S O, TS Table 39 C6 RxData7_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 C7 LED5_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 C8 SGND - Table 39 C9 ModeSel_0 I, ST, ID Table 39 C10 RESET_L I, ST, IP Table 39 C11 TDO O, TS Table 39 C12 TDI I, ST, IP Table 39 C13 TPIN6 AI/AO Table 39 C14 TPIP6 AI/AO Table 39 D1 NC - Table 39 D2 NC - Table 39 D3 TxData6 I, ID Table 39 D4 VCCIO - Table 39 D5 LED7_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 D6 LED6_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 D7 VCCD - Table 39 D8 LED4_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 D9 GNDD - Table 39 D10 NC - Table 39 D11 GNDD - Table 39 D12 AVCC - Table 39 D13 TPIP5 AI/AO Table 39 D14 TPIN5 AI/AO Table 39 E1 RxSYNC O, TS, ID Table 39 E2 TxData5 I, ID Table 39 E3 RxData5_S O, TS Table 39 E4 NC - Table 39 E5 GNDD - Table 39 E6 GNDD - Table 39 E7 NC - Table 39 E8 ModeSel_1 I, ST, ID Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 127 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 38 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) (Sheet 3 of 6) Ball Signal Name Type Reference for Full Description E9 GNDD - Table 39 E10 GNDD - Table 39 E11 AVSS - Table 39 E12 AVCC - Table 39 E13 TPOP5 AO/AI Table 39 E14 TPON5 AO/AI Table 39 F1 FIFOSEL0 I, ID Table 39 F2 RxData4_S O, TS Table 39 F3 RxData4_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 F4 VCCIO - Table 39 F5 GNDD - Table 39 F6 GNDD - Table 39 F7 GNDD - Table 39 F8 GNDD - Table 39 F9 AVSS - Table 39 F10 AVSS - Table 39 F11 AVSS - Table 39 F12 AVCC - Table 39 F13 TPON4 AO/AI Table 39 F14 TPOP4 AO, AI Table 39 G1 RXCLK O, TS, ID Table 39 G2 NC - Table 39 G3 TxData4 I, ID Table 39 G4 GNDD - Table 39 G5 NC - Table 39 G6 GNDD - Table 39 G7 GNDD - Table 39 G8 GNDD - Table 39 G9 AVSS - Table 39 G10 AVSS - Table 39 G11 AVSS - Table 39 G12 AVCC - Table 39 G13 TPIN4 AI/AO Table 39 G14 TPIP4 AI/AO Table 39 H1 NC - Table 39 H2 RxData3_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 H3 RxData3_S O, TS Table 39 H4 VCCIO - Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 128 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 38 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) (Sheet 4 of 6) Ball Signal Name Type Reference for Full Description H5 NC - Table 39 H6 GNDD - Table 39 H7 GNDD - Table 39 H8 GNDD - Table 39 H9 AVSS - Table 39 H10 AVSS - Table 39 H11 AVSS - Table 39 H12 AVCC - Table 39 H13 TPIN3 AI/AO Table 39 H14 TPIP3 AI/AO Table 39 J1 TxData3 I, ID Table 39 J2 RxData2_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 J3 TXCLK I, ID Table 39 J4 NC - Table 39 J5 GNDD - Table 39 J6 GNDD - Table 39 J7 GNDD - Table 39 J8 GNDD - Table 39 J9 AVSS - Table 39 J10 AVSS - Table 39 J11 AVSS - Table 39 J12 AVCC - Table 39 J13 TPON3 AO/AI Table 39 J14 TPOP3 AO/AI Table 39 K1 SYNC/TXSYNC I, ID Table 39 K2 RxData2_S O, TS Table 39 K3 TxData2 I, ID Table 39 K4 NC - Table 39 K5 GNDD - Table 39 K6 GNDD - Table 39 K7 NC - Table 39 K8 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP Table 39 K9 GNDD - Table 39 K10 GNDD - Table 39 K11 AVSS - Table 39 K12 AVCC - Table 39 K13 TPOP2 AO/AI Table 39 K14 TPON2 AO/AI Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 129 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 38 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) (Sheet 5 of 6) Ball Signal Name Type Reference for Full Description L1 NC - Table 39 L2 GNDD - Table 39 L3 VCCIO - Table 39 L4 REFCLK0 I Table 39 L5 VCCIO - Table 39 L6 NC - Table 39 L7 VCCD - Table 39 L8 LED1_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 L9 CFG_2 I, ST, ID Table 39 L10 NC - Table 39 L11 AVSS - Table 39 L12 AVCC - Table 39 L13 TPIP2 AI/AO Table 39 L14 TPIN2 AI/AO Table 39 M1 RxData1_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 M2 RxData1_S O, TS Table 39 M3 RxData0_SS O, TS, ID Table 39 M4 NC - Table 39 M5 NC - Table 39 M6 LED3_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 M7 LED2_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 M8 LED0_3_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 M9 CFG_3 I, ST, ID Table 39 M10 CFG_1 I, ST, ID Table 39 M11 TXSLEW_0 I, ST, ID Table 39 M12 TXSLEW_1 I,ST, ID Table 39 M13 TPIN1 AI/AO Table 39 M14 TPIP1 AI/AO Table 39 N1 GNDD - Table 39 N2 TxData1 I, ID Table 39 N3 RxData0_S O, TS Table 39 N4 TxData0 I, ID Table 39 N5 MDIO IO, TS, SL, IP Table 39 N6 LED3_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 N7 LED2_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 N8 LED1_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 N9 LED0_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 N10 ADD_4 I, ST, ID Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 130 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 38 3.5 BGA15 Ball Assignments LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/SS-SMII) (Sheet 6 of 6) Ball Signal Name Type Reference for Full Description N11 GNDD - Table 39 N12 TPIN0 AI/AO Table 39 N13 TPON0 AO/AI Table 39 N14 TPOP1 AO/AI Table 39 P1 GNDD - Table 39 P2 NC - Table 39 P3 NC - Table 39 P4 MDC I, ST, ID Table 39 P5 MDINT_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 P6 LED3_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 P7 LED2_1_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 P8 LED1_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 P9 LED0_2_L OD, TS, SL, IP Table 39 P10 ADD_3 I, ST, ID Table 39 P11 GNDD - Table 39 P12 TPIP0 AI/AO Table 39 P13 TPOP0 AO/AI Table 39 P14 TPON1 AO/AI Table 39 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 131 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions 3.6.1 Signal Name Conventions Signal names may contain either a port designation or a serial designation, or a combination of the two designations. Signal naming conventions are as follows: * Port Number Only. Individual signals that apply to a particular port are designated by the Signal Mnemonic, immediately followed by the Port Designation. For example, Transmit Enable signals would be identified as TxEN0, TxEN1, and TxEN2. * Serial Number Only. A set of signals which are not tied to any specific port are designated by the Signal Mnemonic, followed by an underscore and a serial designation. For example, a set of three Global Configuration signals would be identified as CFG_1, CFG_2, and CFG_3. * Port and Serial Number. In cases where each port is assigned a set of multiple signals, each signal is designated in the following order: Signal Mnemonic, Port Designation, an underscore, and the serial designation. For example, a set of three Port Configuration signals would be identified as RxData0_0 and RxData0_1, RxData1_0 and RxData1_1, and RxData2_0 and RxData2_1. 3.6.2 Signal Descriptions - SMII and SS-SMII Configurations Table 39 provides the BGA15 signal descriptions. Table 39 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 1 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation Type Signal Description SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions TxData0 TxData1 TxData2 TxData3 TxData4 TxData5 TxData6 TxData7 N4, N2, K3, J1, G3, E2, D3, A5 REFCLK1 C3 L4 Transmit Data - Ports 0-7. I, ID These serial input streams provide data to be transmitted to the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E clocks the data in synchronously to REFCLK. Reference Clock. REFCLK0 I The LXT9785/LXT9785E always requires a 125 MHz reference clock input. Refer to Section 4.4.2, Clock/SYNC Requirements, on page 148 for detailed clock requirements. SMII Specific Signal Descriptions SMII Synchronization. SYNC K1 I, ID The MAC must generate a SYNC pulse every 10 REFCLK cycles to synchronize the SMII. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 132 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 39 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 2 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation Type RxData0_S RxData1_S RxData2_S RxData3_S RxData4_S RxData5_S RxData6_S RxData7_S N3, M2, K2, H3, F2, E3, B4, C5 O, TS Signal Description Receive Data - Ports 0-7. These serial output streams provide data received from the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the data out synchronously to REFCLK. SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions SS-SMII Transmit Synchronization. TxSYNC K1 I, ID RxSYNC E1 O, TS, ID TxCLK J3 I, ID RxCLK G1 O, TS, ID RxData0_SS RxData1_SS RxData2_SS RxData3_SS RxData4_SS RxData5_SS RxData6_SS RxData7_SS M3, M1, J2, H2, F3, C2, A4, C6 O, TS, ID The MAC must generate a TxSYNC pulse every 10 TxCLK cycles to mark the start of TxData segments. SS-SMII Receive Synchronization. The LXT9785/LXT9785E generates these pulses every 10 RxCLK cycles to mark the start of RxData segments for the MAC. SS-SMII Transmit Clock. The MAC sources this 125 MHz clock as the timing reference for TxData and TxSYNC. SS-SMII Receive Clock. The LXT9785/LXT9785E generates these clocks, based on REFCLK, to provide a timing reference for RxData and RxSYNC to the MAC. Receive Data - Ports 0-7. These serial output streams provide data received from the network. The LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the data out synchronously to REFCLK. MDIO Control Interface Signal Descriptions Management Data Input/Output. MDIO N5 I/O, TS, SL, IP MDINT_L P5 OD, TS, SL, IP Bidirectional serial data channel for communication between the PHY and MAC or switch ASIC. Refer to Figure 21 on page 161. Management Data Interrupt. When Register bit 18.1 = 1, an active Low output on this Pin indicates status change. Refer to Figure 21 on page 161. Management Data Clock. MDC P4 I, ST, ID Clock for the MDIO serial data channel. Maximum frequency is 20 MHz. Only MDC0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDC0 clocks ports 0-3 register accesses and MDC1 clocks ports 4-7 register accesses. Refer to Figure 21 on page 161. Network Interface Signal Description 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 133 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 39 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 3 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation Type TPOP0, TPON0 TPOP1, TPON1 TPOP2, TPON2 TPOP3, TPON3 TPOP4, TPON4 TPOP5, TPON5 TPOP6, TPON6 TPOP7, TPON7 P13, N13, N14, P14, K13, K14, J14, J13, F14, F13, E13, E14, B14, A14, A13, B13 AO/AI TPIP0, TPIN0 TPIP1, TPIN1 TPIP2, TPIN2 TPIP3, TPIN3 TPIP4, TPIN4 TPIP5, TPIN5 TPIP6, TPIN6 TPIP7, TPIN7 P12, N12, M14, M13, L13, L14, H14, H13, G14, G13, D13, D14, C14, C13, A12, B12 Signal Description Twisted-Pair Outputs2, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7. During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPO pins drive 802.3 compliant pulses onto the line. Twisted-Pair Inputs3, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7. AI/AO During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPI pins receive differential 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T signals from the line. JTAG Test Signal Description TDI C12 I, ST, IP TDO C11 O, TS TMS B11 I, ST, IP TCK A11 I, ST, ID TRST_L A10 I, ST, IP Test Data Input. Test data sampled with respect to the rising edge of TCK. Test Data Output. Test data driven with respect to the falling edge of TCK. Test Mode Select. Test Clock. Clock input for JTAG test. Test Reset. Reset input for JTAG test. Miscellaneous Signal Description Tx Output Slew Controls 0 and 1 Defaults. These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bits 27.11:10 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. TxSLEW_0 TxSLEW_1 M11, M12 These pins select the TX output slew rate for all ports (rise and fall time) as follows: I, ST, ID TxSLEW_1 TxSLEW_0 Slew Rate (Rise and Fall Time) 0 0 3.3 ns 0 1 3.6 ns 1 0 3.9 ns 1 1 4.2 ns 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 134 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 39 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 4 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation Type Signal Description Reset. RESET_L C10 I, ST, IP This active low input is ORed with the control register Reset Register bit 0.15. When held Low, all outputs are forced to inactive state. Pin is not on JTAG chain. Address <4:3>. Sets base address to one of the following four possible addresses: * 00000 * 01000 * 10000 * 11000 ADD_4 ADD_3 N10, P10 I, ST, ID Each port adds its port number (starting with 0) to this address to determine its PHY address. Port 0 Address = Base Port 1 Address = Base + 1 Port 2 Address = Base + 2 Port 3 Address = Base + 3 Port 4 Address = Base + 4 Port 5 Address = Base + 5 Port 6 Address = Base + 6 Port 7 Address = Base + 7 Mode Select[1:0]. 00 = Reserved MODESEL_1 MODESEL_0 E8 C9, 01 = SMII I, ST, ID 10 = SS-SMII 11 = Reserved All ports are configured the same. Interfaces cannot be mixed and must be all SMII or SS-SMII. Auto MDI/MDIX Enable Default. AMDIX_EN K8 I, ST, IP This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.9 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40 on page 142. When active (High), automatic MDI crossover (MDIX) (regardless of segmentation) is selected for all ports. When inactive (Low) MDIX is selected according to the MDIX pin. Global Port Configuration Defaults 1-3. CFG_1 CFG_2 CFG_3 M10, L9, M9 I, ST, ID These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of register bits shown in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When operating in Hardware Control Mode, these pins provide configuration control options for all the ports (refer to page 152 for details). 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 135 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 39 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 5 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation Type Signal Description FIFO Select <1:0>. These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bits 18.15:14 for all ports. These register bits can be read and overwritten after startup/reset. FIFOSEL1 FIFOSEL0 C1, F1 I, ID, ST These pins are shared with RMII-RxER<5:4>. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set FIFO Select<1:0> to active while RxER<5:4> are three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is used, the default FIFO select state is set via the internal pull-down resistors. See Table 36, Receive FIFO Depth Configurations, on page 119. LINKHOLD B3 I, ID, ST LINKHOLD Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default state of Register bit 0.11 for all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When High, the LXT9785/LXT9785E powers down all ports. This pin is shared with RMII-RxER6. An external pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to set LINKHOLD active while RxER6 is three-stated during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default LINKHOLD state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor. LED Signal Descriptions Port 0 LED Drivers 1-3. LED0_1_L LED0_2_L LED0_3_L N9 P9 M8 LED1_1_L LED1_2_L LED1_3_L N8 P8 L8 OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 0. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 1 LED Drivers 1-3. OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 1. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 2 LED Drivers 1-3. LED2_1_L LED2_2_L LED2_3_L P7 N7 M7 OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 2. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 3 LED Drivers 1-3. LED3_1_L LED3_2_L LED3_3_L P6 N6 M6 OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 3. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 136 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 39 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 6 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation LED4_1_L LED4_2_L LED4_3_L B9 A9 D8 Type Signal Description Port 4 LED Drivers 1-3. OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 4. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 5 LED Drivers 1-3. LED5_1_L LED5_2_L LED5_3_L B8 A8 C7 OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 5. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 6 LED Drivers 1-3. LED6_1_L LED6_2_L LED6_3_L A7 B7 D6 OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 6. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Port 7 LED Drivers 1-3. LED7_1_L LED7_2_L LED7_3_L B6 A6 D5 OD, TS, SL, IP These pins drive LED indicators for Port 7. Each LED can display one of several available status conditions as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226 for details). Power Supply Signal Descriptions AVCC D12, E12, F12, G12, H12, J12, K12, L12, - AVSS E11, F9, F10, F11, G9, G10, G11, H9, H10, H11, J9, J10, J11, K11, L11 - VCCD D7, L7 - Analog Power Supply. +2.5 V supply for analog circuits. Analog Ground. Ground return for analog supply (AVCC). all grounds can be tied together using a single ground plane. Digital Power Supply - Core. +2.5 V supply for core digital circuits. Digital Power Supply - I/O Ring. VCCIO D4, F4, H4, L3, L5, - +2.5/3.3 V supply for digital I/O circuits. The digital input circuits running off of this rail, having a TTL-level threshold and over-voltage protection, may be interfaced with 3.3/5.0 V, when the IO supply is 3.3 V, and 2.5/3.3/5.0 V when 2.5 V. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 137 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 39 3.6 BGA15 Signal Descriptions BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 7 of 7) Symbol BGA15 Ball Designation Type GNDD A1, A2, A3, B1, B2, B5, B10, D9, D11, E5, E6, E9, E10, F5, F6, F7, F8, G4, G6, G7, G8, H6, H7, H8, J5, J6, J7, J8, K5, K6, K9, K10, L2, N1, N11, P1, P11 - SGND C8 - Signal Description Digital Ground. Ground return for core digital supplies (VCCD). All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Substrate Ground. Ground for chip substrate. All ground pins can be tied together using a single ground plane. Unused/Reserved Balls NC C4, D1, D2, D10, E4, E7, G2, G5, H1, H5, J4, K4, K7, L1, L6, L10, M4, M5, P2, P3 - No Connection. 1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS = Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-Down. 2. Switched to TPIP/N Inputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). 3. Switched to TPOP/N Outputs when MDIX is not active (twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 138 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.0 Functional Description 4.1 Introduction 4.0 Functional Description The Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E is an 8-port Fast Ethernet 10/100 PHY transceiver that supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps networks, complying with all applicable requirements of IEEE 802.3 standards. The device incorporates a Serial Media Independent Interface (SMII), Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII), and a Reduced Serial Independent Interface (RMII) to enable each individual network port to interface with multiple 10/100 MACs. Each port directly drives either a 100BASE-TX line or a 10BASE-T line. The LXT9785/LXT9785E also supports 100BASE-FX operation via an LVPECL interface. The device has a 241-ball BGA, a 208-pin QFP, or a 196-ball BGA package. The 196-ball BGA package (BGA15) is a reduced feature-set product designated as the LXT9785MBC. The BGA15 package does not support the following features: * RMII * Fiber * Sectionalization * Hardware control pins: -- PAUSE -- MDIX -- MDDIS -- PWRDWN -- Lower three PHY address (out of five PHY address bits) * Extended temperature Note: Unless otherwise noted, all information in this document applies to the LXT9785 and LXT9785E. 4.1.1 OSPTM Architecture The LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates high-efficiency Optimal Signal ProcessingTM design techniques, combining the best properties of digital and analog signal processing to produce a truly optimal device. The receiver utilizes decision feedback equalization to increase noise and cross-talk immunity by as much as 3 dB over an ideal all-analog equalizer. Using OSP mixed-signal processing techniques in the receive equalizer avoids the quantization noise and calculation truncation errors found in traditional DSP-based receivers (typically complex DSP engines with A/D converters). The result is improved receiver noise and cross-talk performance. The OSP architecture also requires substantially less computational logic than traditional DSP-based designs. The result is lower power consumption and reduced logic switching noise generated by DSP engines clocked at speeds up to 125 MHz. The logic switching noise can be a considerable source of EMI when generated from the device's power supplies. The OSP-based LXT9785/LXT9785E provides improved data recovery, EMI performance and power consumption. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 139 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.1.2 4.2 Interface Descriptions Comprehensive Functionality The LXT9785/LXT9785E performs all functions of the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Media Attachment (PMA) sublayer as defined in the IEEE 802.3 100BASE-X specification. This device also performs all functions of the Physical Media Dependent (PMD) sublayer for 100BASE-TX connections. On power-up, the LXT9785/LXT9785E reads its configuration inputs to check for forced operation settings. If not configured for forced operation, each port uses auto-negotiation/parallel detection to automatically determine line operating conditions. If the PHY device on the other side of the link supports auto-negotiation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E auto-negotiates with it using Fast Link Pulse (FLP) Bursts. If the PHY partner does not support auto-negotiation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically detects the presence of either link pulses (10 Mbps PHY) or Idle symbols (100 Mbps PHY) and set its operating conditions accordingly. The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides half-duplex and full-duplex operation at 100 Mbps and 10 Mbps. 4.1.2.1 Sectionalization The LXT9785/LXT9785E's sectional design allows flexibility with large multiport MACs and ASICs. With the use of the Section pin, the LXT9785/LXT9785E can be configured into a single 8-port or two separate 4-port sections, each with its own MDIO (with separate MDC clock) and MII data (with separate REFCLK/TxCLK/RxCLK clocks) interfaces. See Figure 16, Typical SMII Quad Sectionalization, on page 156, Figure 21, Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization, on page 161, and Figure 26, Typical RMII Quad Sectionalization, on page 165. Note: The BGA15 package does not support sectionalization. 4.2 Interface Descriptions 4.2.1 10/100 Network Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps (10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX) Ethernet over twisted-pair, or 100 Mbps (100BASE-FX) Ethernet over fiber media. Each network interface port consists of four external pins (two differential signal pairs). The pins are shared between twisted-pair (TP) and fiber. The LXT9785/LXT9785E pinout is designed to interface seamlessly with dual-high stacked RJ-45 connectors. Refer to Table 11, Network Interface Signal Descriptions - PQFP, on page 49 for specific pin assignments. The LXT9785/LXT9785E output drivers generate either 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, or 100BASE-FX output. When not transmitting data, the device generates IEEE 802.3-compliant link pulses or idle code. Input signals are decoded either as a 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, or 10BASE-T input, depending on the mode selected. Auto-negotiation/parallel detection or manual control is used to determine the speed of this interface. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 140 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 7 4.2 Interface Descriptions Interface Signals TXENn TXDn_0 TXDn_1 DATA Interface TXCLK TPFOPn TPFONn RXCLK RXDn_1 TPFIPn RXDn_0 TPFINn Network Interface RXERn CRS_DVn MDIO Management Interface MDIOn MDCn MDINTn MDDIS Direct Drive Port LEDs/ Controls Addr & MDIX/ Contr LEDn_1 LEDn_2 LEDn_3 MDIX_Enb Mode Select ADD[4:0] VCCIO +3.3V OR +2.5V VCCD +2.5V GNDD .01uF B3369-01 4.2.1.1 Twisted-Pair Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports either 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T connections over 100 , Category 5, Unshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP). Only a transformer, RJ-45, and bypass capacitors are required to complete this interface. Using waveshaping technology, the transmitter shapes the outgoing signal to help reduce the need for external EMI filters. Four slew rate settings (refer to Table 13, Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions - PQFP, on page 50) allow the designer to match the output waveform to the magnetic characteristics. Both transmit and receive terminations are built into the LXT9785/LXT9785E so no external components are required between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and the external transformer. The transmitter uses a transformer with a center tap to help reduce power consumption. When operating at 100 Mbps, MLT3 symbols are continuously transmitted and received. When not transmitting data, the LXT9785/LXT9785E generates "IDLE" symbols. During 10 Mbps operation, LXT9785/LXT9785E encoded data is exchanged. When no data are being exchanged, the line is left in an idle state with NLPs transmitted to maintain link. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 141 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.2.1.2 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces MDI Crossover (MDIX) The LXT9785/LXT9785E crossover function, which is compliant to the IEEE 802.3, clause 23 standard, connects the transmit output of the device to the far-end receiver in a link segment. This function can be disabled via Register bits 27.9:8 or by using the hardware configuration pins. Table 40 MDIX Selection AMDIX_EN MDIX MDIX Mode 0 0 MDI forced 0 1 MDIX forced 1 X Auto MDI/MDIX Note: The BGA15 package does not support MDIX hardware configuration. Software must be used to control the function after power-up. 4.2.1.3 Fiber Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E fiber ports are designed to interface with common industry-standard 3.3 V and 5 V fiber transceivers. Each of the 8 ports incorporates a Low-Voltage PECL interface that complies with the ANSI X3.166 standard for seamless integration. Note: The BGA15 package does not support the fiber interface. Fiber mode is selected through Register bit 16.0 by the following two methods: 1. Configure Register bit 16.0 = 1 on a global basis (all 8 ports) by driving the Hardware Control pin G_FX/TP_L to a logic High value on power-up and/or reset. 2. Configure Register bit 16.0 = 1 on a per-port basis through the MDIO interface. The fiber interface is capable of full-duplex or half-duplex operation. In half duplex, operation collisions must be managed by external Layer 2 logic (MAC). Auto negotiation is not supported for fiber mode. 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports Reduced MII or Serial MII, but not concurrently. The interface mode selection pins configures the device for either RMII or SMII/SS-SMII on all eight ports. Refer to Table 41 for the mode select settings. Note: The BGA15 package does not support the RMII interface. 4.3.1 Global MII Mode Select The mode select pins are used for MII interface configuration settings upon power-up sequencing. All ports are configured the same and cannot be intermixed. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 142 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 41 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces MII Mode Select Configuration RMII 1 SMII ModeSel1 ModeSel0 0 0 0 1 SS-SMII 1 0 Reserved 1 1 1. Invalid for the BGA15 package. 4.3.2 Internal Loopback Register bit 0.14 must be set to enable internal loopback operation. Register bits 16.14 and 0.8 must be set for 10 Mbps operation. Cortina recommends that auto-negotiation be disabled while internal loopback is enabled. The normal auto-negotiation process code word exchange cannot be completed.The following two-step sequence is recommended for the most efficient mode change when enabling forced 100 Mbps internal loopback mode directly from auto-negotiation mode: 1. Write Register 0 with 0x2100h (forced 100 Mbps), and 2. Write Register 0 with 0x6100h (enable internal loopback with forced 100 Mbps) This two-step process ensures the 100 Mbps link comes up quickly. If the one-write process of writing 0x6100h is followed, it may take up to 1.5 seconds before link is established and data is received on the port. The 1.5 second delay is due to the IEEE auto-negotiation Break Link Timer (BLT) requirement. The timer must expire before link is established when changing modes directly from auto-negotiation to internal loopback forced 100 Mbps mode. Use the above two-step process to eliminate the auto-negotiation BLT timer requirement. Figure 8 Internal Loopback LXT9785/9785E RMII/ SMII/ SSSMII inter face 4.3.3 Fx Driver Digital Block Loopback Analog Block Tx Driver RMII Data Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a separate RMII for each network port, each complying with the RMII Specification, Revision 1.2. The RMII includes both a data interface and an MDIO management interface. The RMII Data Interface exchanges data between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and up to eight Media Access Controllers (MACs). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 143 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces 4.3.4 Serial Media Independent Interface (SMII) and Source Synchronous- Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII) 4.3.4.1 SMII Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an independent serial interface for each network port, complying with the Serial-MII Specification, Revision 1.2. All SMII ports use a common reference clock and SYNC signal. The SMII Data Interface exchanges data between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and multiple Media Access Controllers (MACs). All signals are synchronous to the reference clock. One SYNC control stream is sourced by the MAC to the PHY. Both the transmit and receive data streams are segmented into boundaries delimited by the SYNC pulses. This interface is expected to drive up to 6 inches of trace lengths. 4.3.4.2 Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface The new revision to the SMII interface, SS-SMII, allows for a longer trace length and helps to relieve timing constraints, requiring the addition of four new signals, TxCLK, TxSYNC, RxCLK, and RxSYNC. The transmit TxCLK and TxSYNC are sourced from the MAC to the PHY and referenced to the REFCLK input. The receive RxCLK and RxSYNC are sourced by the PHY to the MAC and in reference to the REFCLK. 4.3.5 Configuration Management Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an MDIO Management Interface and a Hardware Control Interface (via the CFG pins) for device configuration and management. Mode control selection is provided via the MDDIS pin as shown in Table 9, MDIO Control Interface Signals - PQFP, on page 48. When sectionalization (2x4) is selected, separate MDIO interfaces are enabled (see Figure 13 on page 150). 4.3.6 MII Isolate In applications where the MII must be isolated from the bus, the RMII and the SMII/SS-SMII configurations can be three-stated using Register 0.10. On each individual port, Register bit 0.10 controls the isolation of the transmit and receive data signals for that port. Register bit 0.10 on ports 0 and 4 isolate the RxCLKn/TxCLKn and SYNC signals. When 1x8 sectionalization is selected, TxCLK0, TxSYNC0, RxCLK1, and RxSYNC1 are used for the clocking and synchronization interface. Port 4 controls the isolation of RxCLK0, RxCLK1, RxSYNC0, and RxSYNC1, and must be used to isolate the receive clock and synchronization interface. When 2x4 sectionalization is selected, TxCLK0, TxSNC0, RxCLK0, and TxCLK0 are used for Port 0 through Port 3 and TxCLK1, TxSYNC1, RxCLK1, and RxSYNC1 are used for Port 4 through Port 7. Port 0 must be isolated to isolate the receive clock and synchronization interface for Port 0 through Port 3. Port 4 must be isolated to isolate Port 4 through Port 7. 4.3.7 MDIO Management Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports the IEEE 802.3 MII Management Interface, also known as the Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Interface. This interface allows upper-layer devices to monitor and control the state of the LXT9785/LXT9785E. The MDIO interface consists of a physical connection, a specific protocol that runs across the connection, and an internal set of addressable registers. Some registers are required and their functions are defined by the IEEE 802.3 specification. Additional registers allow for expanded functionality. Specific bits in the registers are referenced using an "X.Y" notation, where X is the register number (0-32) and Y is the bit number (0-15). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 144 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces The physical interface consists of a data line (MDIO) and clock line (MDC). Operation of this interface is controlled by the MDDIS input pin. When MDDIS is High, all the MDIOs are completely disabled. The Hardware Control Interface provides primary configuration control. When MDDIS is Low, the MDIO port is enabled for both read and write operations and the Hardware Control Interface is not used. Note: The BGA15 package does not support the MDDIS pin. The timing for the MDIO Interface is shown in Table 80, MDIO Timing Parameters, on page 212. MDIO read and write cycles are shown in Figure 9, Management Interface Read Frame Structure, on page 145 and Figure 10, Management Interface Write Frame Structure, on page 145. Figure 9 Management Interface Read Frame Structure MDC MDIO (Read) High Z 32 "1"s 0 Preamble 1 1 ST 0 A4 Op Code A3 A0 R4 R3 R0 Z D15 D15D14 D14 D1 0 Turn Around Register Address PHY Address Write Figure 10 D1 D0 Data Idle Read Management Interface Write Frame Structure MDC MDIO (Write) 32 "1"s Idle Preamble 0 1 ST 0 1 Op Code A4 A3 A0 R4 R3 Register Address PHY Address R0 1 0 D15 Turn Around D14 D1 Data D0 Idle Write The protocol allows one controller to communicate with multiple LXT9785/LXT9785E devices. Pins ADD_<4:0> determine the base address. Each port adds its port number to the base address to obtain its port address as shown in Figure 11. The BGA15 package uses a similar scheme where the ADD_[2:0] bits internally set to 0 and the ADD_[4:3] bits are used to select from four base addresses (0x00000b, 0x01000b, 0x10000b, or 0x11000b. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 145 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 11 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces Port Address Scheme BASE ADD_<4:0> (example ADD_<4:0> = 4) LXT9785 LXT9785/9785E 4.3.8 Port 0 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+0) Port 1 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+1) Port 2 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+2) Port 3 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+3) Port 4 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+4) Port 5 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+5) Port 6 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+6) ex. 10 Port 7 PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+7) ex. 4 ex. 5 ex. 6 ex. 7 ex. 8 ex. 9 ex. 11 MII Sectionalization When sectionalized into two quad sections, the MDIO bus splits into two separate PHY access ports. Ports 0-3 of the MDIO section operate independently of ports 4-7. The MII isolate function is unaffected and operates normally. Sectionalization is selected by pulling pin 176 (Section) High on the initial power-up sequence (refer to Figure 13). In applications that need sectionalization, such as 1x8 and 2x4 and have a single MDIO bus structure, it is necessary that the addressing scheme be contiguous. For example, the first eight ports are addressed 0-7, so the next four ports must be addressed 8-11. Note: The BGA15 package does not support the MII sectionalization feature. 4.3.9 MII Interrupts The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a single per-section interrupt pin that is available to all ports. Interrupt logic is shown in Figure 12. The LXT9785/LXT9785E also provides two dedicated interrupt registers for each port. Register 18 provides interrupt enable and mask functions and Register 19 provides interrupt status. Setting Register bit 18.1 = 1 enables a port to request interrupt via the MDINT_L pin. An active Low on this pin indicates a status change on the device. Because it is a shared interrupt, there is no indication which port is requesting interrupt service (see Figure 12). There are five conditions that may cause an interrupt: * Auto-negotiation complete. * Speed status change. * Duplex status change. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 146 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.3 Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces * Link status change. * Isolate status change. Figure 12 Interrupt Logic Event X Enable Reg AND Event X Status Reg .. . OR AND Per Event Force Interrupt Interrupt Enable ... Port Combine Logic Interrupt Pin Per port Interrupt (Event) Status Regist er is cleared on read. X = Any Interrupt capability 4.3.10 Global Hardware Control Interface The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a Hardware Control Interface for applications where the MDIO is not desired. Refer to Section 4.5, Initialization, on page 149 for additional details. 4.3.11 FIFO Initial Fill Values The FIFO initial fill value sets the number of bits required to be written into the FIFO before the process of reading the packet out of the FIFO is started. The read operation is aligned on nibble boundaries because the FIFO is one nibble wide. The read clock on the RMII and SMII interfaces may occur any time within the next available nibble. Therefore, the effective size of the FIFO is one nibble less than the selected size. Large initial fill FIFO settings alter both the data-path latency and the InterFrame Gap (IFG) output on the RMII and SMII interfaces. The latency values are increased or decreased depending on the number of bits the FIFO size is increased or decreased. The IFG may decrease up to twice the size of the initial fill FIFO setting. When the following three conditions are met, the IPG on the RMII and SMII interfaces may become nonexistent between packets, effectively concatenating the packets into one long corrupted packet: * The frequency difference between the link partner and the local LXT9785/LXT9785E device exceed 200 ppm (the IEEE standard requirement). * Jumbo packets (8192 byte packets or longer) are used. * Packets on the wire occur with minimum Inter-Packet Gap (IPG) of 96 bit times. The concatenation of the packets is flagged by the MAC as a CRC error and possibly an oversized packet depending upon the length indication capabilities of the MAC. The possibility of packet concatenation can be minimized on the RMII interface by setting the initial fill FIFO Register bits 18.15:14 to 01. The FIFO setting bits should be set to 10 for the SMII interfaces. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 147 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.4 Operating Requirements 4.4.1 Power Requirements 4.4 Operating Requirements The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires four power supply inputs: VCCD, VCCA, VCCPECL and VCCIO. The digital and analog circuits require 2.5 V supplies (VCCD, VCCR, and VCCT). These inputs may be supplied from a single source although decoupling is required to each respective ground. The fiber VCCPECL supply can be connected to either 2.5 V or 3.3 V. A separate power supply may be used for the MII, JTAG and MDIO (VCCIO) interfaces. The power supply may be either +2.5 V or +3.3 V. VCCIO should be supplied from the same power source used to supply the controller on the other side of the interface. Refer to Table 54, Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%), on page 195, Table 55, Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%), on page 196, and Table 56, Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics - SD Pins, on page 196 for I/O characteristics. As a matter of good practice, these supplies should be as clean as possible. Typical filtering and decoupling are shown in Figure 34 on page 189. The power supplies should be brought up as close to the same time as possible. However, there are no specific timing requirements. 4.4.2 Clock/SYNC Requirements 4.4.2.1 Reference Clock The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a constant enabled reference clock (REFCLK). REFCLK's frequency must be 50 MHz for RMII or 125 MHz for SMII/SS-SMII. The reference clock is used to generate transmit signals and recover receive signals. A crystal-based clock is recommended over a derived clock (that is, PLL-based) to minimize transmit jitter. Refer to Table 57, Required Clock Characteristics, on page 196 for clock timing requirements. For applications that use a single 8-port sectionalization, REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 must always be tied together and to the source. In 2x4 applications, REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 are not tied together. 4.4.2.2 TxCLK Signal (SS-SMII only) The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 125 MHz input transmit clock synchronous with TxDatan and frequency locked to REFCLK. See Figure 22 on page 162. 4.4.2.3 TxSYNC Signal (SMII/SS-SMII) The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 12.5 MHz input pulse for SMII synchronization. See Figure 22 on page 162. 4.4.2.4 RxSYNC Signal (SS-SMII only) The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a 12.5 MHz output pulse synchronous with the RxDatan outputs. See Figure 23 on page 162. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 148 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.4.2.5 4.5 Initialization RxCLK Signal (SS-SMII Only) In SS-SMII mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a 125 MHz clock output in reference to the output RxDatan. RxCLK is referenced and synchronized to the REFCLK. See Figure 23 on page 162. Note: Although RXCLK is referenced to REFCLK, the RXCLK may vary in cumulative phase by up to four bit-times relative to REFCLK. 4.5 Initialization When the LXT9785/LXT9785E is first powered on, reset, or encounters a link failure state, it checks the MDIO register configuration bits to determine the line speed and operating conditions to use for the network link. The configuration bits may be set by the Hardware Control or MDIO interface as shown in Figure 13 on page 150. 4.5.1 MDIO Control Mode In the MDIO Control mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E reads the Hardware Control Interface pins to set the initial (default) values of the MDIO registers. Once the initial values are set, bit control reverts to the MDIO interface. 4.5.2 Hardware Control Mode In the Hardware Control Mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E disables direct write operations to the MDIO registers via the MDIO Interface. On power-up or hardware reset, the LXT9785/LXT9785E reads the Hardware Control Interface pins and sets the MDIO registers accordingly. The following modes are available using either Hardware Control or MDIO Control: * Force network link to 100BASE-FX (Fiber). * Force network link operation to: -- 100BASE-TX, Full-Duplex -- 100BASE-TX, Half-Duplex -- 10BASE-T, Full-Duplex -- 10BASE-T, Half-Duplex * Allow auto-negotiation/parallel-detection. * Auto/Manual MDIX enable/disable. * Pause for full-duplex links operation. * Global Output Slew Rate Control. When the network link is forced to a specific configuration, the LXT9785/LXT9785E immediately begins operating the network interface as commanded. When auto-negotiation is enabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E begins the auto-negotiation/ parallel-detection operation. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 149 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 13 4.5 Initialization Initialization Sequence Power-up or Reset Read H/W Control Interface Initialize MDIO Registers MDIO Control Mode Low MDDIS Voltage Level? Hardware Control Mode High Pass Control to MDIO Interface Disable MDIO Writes Software Reset? Hardware Reset? Yes Yes Reset MDIO Registers to values read at H/W Control Interface at last Hardware Reset 4.5.3 Power-Down Mode The LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates numerous features to maintain the lowest power possible. The device can be put into a low-power state via Register 0 as well as a near-zero power state with the power down pin. When in power-down mode, the device is not capable of receiving or transmitting packets. The lowest power operation is achieved using the Global power-down pin, which is active High. This pin powers down every circuit in the device, including all clocks. All registers are unaltered and maintained when the Global PWRDWN pin is released. Note: The BGA15 package does not support the PWRDWN pin feature. Individual ports (software power down) can be powered down using Register bit 0.11. This bit powers down a significant portion of the port, but clocks to the register section remain active. This allows the management interface to remain active during register power-down. The power-down bit is active High. Note: Cortina recommends that a minimum recovery time be allowed after bringing up a port from software or hardware power-down or link hold-off modes. The recovery times are specified in Table 81, Power-Up Timing Parameters, on page 213 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 150 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.5.3.1 4.5 Initialization Global (Hardware) Power Down The global power-down mode is controlled by the PWRDWN pin. When PWRDWN is High, the following conditions are true: * All LXT9785/LXT9785E ports and the clock are shut down. * All outputs are three-stated. * All weak pad pull-up and pull-down resistors are disabled. * The MDIO registers are not accessible. * Configuration pins are read upon release of the PWRDWN pin, and registers are loaded with the current values of the hardware configuration pins. 4.5.3.2 Port (Software) Power Down Individual port power-down control is provided by Register bit 0.11 in the respective port Control Registers (refer to Table 84, Control Register (Address 0), on page 215). During individual port power-down, the following conditions are true: * The individual port is shut down. * The MDIO registers remain accessible. * Pull-up and pull-down resisters are not affected and the outputs are not three-stated. * The register remains unchanged. 4.5.4 Reset The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides both hardware and software resets. Configuration control of Auto-Negotiation, speed, and duplex mode selection is handled differently for each. During a hardware reset, settings for bits 0.13, 0.12, 0.8, and 4.8:5 are read in from the pins (refer to Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152 for pin settings, and Table 84, Control Register (Address 0), on page 215 and Table 88, Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4), on page 218 for register bit definitions). During a software reset (Register bit 0.15 = 1), the bit settings are not re-read from the pins and revert back to the values that were read in during the last hardware reset. Any changes to pin values from the last hardware reset are not detected during a software reset. During a hardware reset, register information is unavailable for 1 ms after de-assertion of the reset. All MII interface pins are disabled during a hardware reset and released to the bus on de-assertion of reset. During a software reset (0.15 = 1) the registers are available for reading. The reset bit should be polled to see when the part has completed reset (0.15 = 0). Pull up and pull down resisters are not affected. Cortina recommends that a minimum recovery time be allowed after bringing up a port from software or hardware reset. The recovery times are specified in Table 81, Power-Up Timing Parameters, on page 213 4.5.5 Hardware Configuration Settings The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a hardware option to set the initial device configuration. The hardware option uses three Global CFG pins that provide control for all ports (see Table 42). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 151 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 42 4.6 Link Establishment Global Hardware Configuration Settings CFG Pin Settings1 Desired Mode AutoNeg Speed 10 Disabled 100 100 Enabled 10/100 Resulting Register Bit Values Duplex 1 2 3 Half Low Low Low Full Low Low High Half Low High Low Full Low High High 0.12 0.13 0 0 1 0.8 4.8 4.7 4.5 0 1 N/A 0 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement 1 Half High Low Low 1 0 0 1 Full/Half High Low High 1 0 1 1 Half High High Low 1 0 0 Full/Half High High High 1 0 1 1 4.6 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1. Refer to Table 5, RMII Signal Descriptions - PQFP, on page 43 through Table 17, Receive FIFO Depth Considerations, on page 57 Table 24, RMII Signal Descriptions - BGA23, on page 105 through Table 36, Receive FIFO Depth Configurations, on page 119, and Table 39, BGA15 Signal Descriptions, on page 132 for CFG pin assignments. 4.6 Link Establishment 4.6.1 Auto-Negotiation The LXT9785/LXT9785E attempts to auto-negotiate with its link partner by sending Fast Link Pulse (FLP) bursts. Each burst consists of 33 link pulses spaced 62.5 s apart. Odd link pulses (clock pulses) are always present. Even link pulses (data pulses) may also be present or absent to indicate a "1" or a "0". Each FLP burst exchanges 16 bits of data, referred to as a "page". All devices that support auto-negotiation must implement the "Base Page", defined by IEEE 802.3 (registers 4 and 5). The LXT9785/LXT9785E also supports the optional "Next Page" function (registers 7 and 8). 4.6.1.1 Base Page Exchange By exchanging Base Pages, the LXT9785/LXT9785E and its link partner communicate their capabilities to each other. Both sides must receive at least three identical base pages for negotiation to proceed. Each side finds their highest common capabilities, exchange more pages, and agree on the operating state of the line. 4.6.1.2 Manual Next Page Exchange Additional information, exceeding that required by base page exchange, is also sent via "Next Pages." The LXT9785/LXT9785E fully supports the IEEE 802.3 method of negotiation via Next Page exchange. The Next Page exchange uses Register 7 to send information and Register 8 to receive it. Next Page exchange occurs only if both ends of the link partners advertise their ability to exchange Next Pages. A special mode has been added to make manual next page exchange easier for software. When Register 6 "page" is received, it stays set until read. This bit is cleared when a new negotiation occurs, preventing the user from reading an old value in Register 6 and assuming there is valid information in Registers 5 and 8. The page received bit is cleared upon reading the Section Table 90, Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6), on page 220. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 152 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.6.1.3 4.6 Link Establishment Controlling Auto-Negotiation The following steps are recommended when auto-negotiation is controlled by software: * After power-up, power-down, or reset, the power-down recovery time, as specified in Table 81, Power-Up Timing Parameters, on page 213, must be exhausted before proceeding. * Set the auto-negotiation advertisement register bits in Register 4 as desired. * Enable auto-negotiation (set MDIO Register bit 0.12 = 1). * Enable or restart auto-negotiation as soon as possible after writing to Register 4 to ensure proper operation. 4.6.1.4 Link Criteria In 100 Mbps mode, link is established when the descrambler becomes locked and remains locked for approximately 50 ms. Link remains up unless the descrambler receives less than 16 consecutive idle symbols in any 2 ms period. This provides a robust operation, filtering out any small noise hits that may disrupt the link. MLT-3 idle waveforms, for short periods, meet all the criteria for 10BASE-T start delimiters. A working 10BASE-T receive may temporarily indicate link to 100BASE-TX waveforms. However, the PHY will not bring up a permanent 10 Mbps link. According to the IEEE standard 10 Mbps link state machine, the last condition that must be met before 10 Mbps link can come up is a period of transmit and receive idle time. TXEN and RXDV are inactive at the same time. This ensures that link is not brought up in the middle of transmitting or receiving a packet. To ensure link establishment, Cortina recommends no packet transmission into the MII interface until link is established. The IEEE Standard references this requirement in Section 14.2.3 State Diagrams, Figure 14-6-Link Integrity Test Function State Diagram and in Section 28.3.4 State Diagrams, Figure 28-17-NLP Receive Link Integrity Test State Diagram. These diagrams illustrate that while the PHY is in the Link Test Fail Extend state, the last state before Link Pass state) Packet receive activity (RD) and Transmit Activity (DO) must be idle (RD = idle * D0 = idle) for link to establish. 4.6.1.5 Parallel Detection In parallel with auto-negotiation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E also monitors for 10 Mbps Normal Link Pulses (NLP) or 100 Mbps Idle symbols. If either symbol is detected, the device automatically reverts to the corresponding operating speed in half-duplex mode. Parallel detection allows the LXT9785/LXT9785E to communicate with devices that do not support auto-negotiation. When parallel detection resolves a link, the link must be established in half-duplex mode. According to IEEE standards, the forced link partner cannot be configured to full-duplex. If the auto-negotiation link partner does not advertise half-duplex capability at the speed of the forced link partner, link is not established. The IEEE Standard prevents forced full-duplex-to-half-duplex link connections. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 153 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 14 4.7 Serial MII Operation Auto-Negotiation Operation Power-Up, Reset, Link Failure Start Disable Auto-Negotiation 0.12 = 0 Go To Forced Settings 0.12 = 1 Check Value 0.12 Attempt AutoNegotiation Done 4.6.1.6 YES Enable Auto-Neg/Parallel Detection Listen for 100TX Idle Symbols Link Set? Listen for 10T Link Pulses NO Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is Enabled in Forced Speed Mode With auto MDI/MDIX hardware enabled, end users experience reliable link establishment under all settings of auto MDI/MDIX and speed between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and its link partners. As stated in the IEEE clauses 40.4.5.1 (Auto MDI/MDIX) and 28.3.2 (Parallel Detect), when ports are forced to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps and auto MDI/MDIX is enabled, and the port is connected to a partner with auto-negotiation enabled, an undefined condition exists between the IEEE auto MDIX and Parallel Detect specifications. Link may not occur according to the IEEE specification. During this undefined condition, when the LXT9785/LXT9785E is set to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps and auto MDI/MDIX is enabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E and the link partner auto-negotiation processes are expected to be skewed enough to establish link in all but the rarest cases. Auto MDI/MDIX is configured through hardware and software. If auto MDI/MDIX operation is desired in forced modes, disabling auto MDI/MDIX using the software programming can aid link establishment. 4.7 Serial MII Operation The LXT9785/LXT9785E exchanges transmit and receive data with the controller via the Serial MII (SMII). The SMII performs the following functions: * Conveys complete MII information between a 10/100 PHY and MAC with two pins per port. * Allows a multi-port MAC/PHY communication with one system clock. * Operates in both half and full-duplex. * Supports per-packet switching between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps data rates. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 154 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.7 Serial MII Operation The Serial MII operates at 125 MHz using a global reference clock and frame synchronization signal (REFCLK and SYNC). Each port has an individual two-line data interface (TxDatan and RxDatan). All signals are synchronous to REFCLK. Table 43 summarizes the SMII signals. Data is exchanged in 10-bit serial words. Each word contains one data byte (two nibbles of 4B coded data) and two status bits. When the port is operating at 100 Mbps, each word contains a new data byte. When the port is operating at 10 Mbps, each data byte is repeated 10 times. Table 43 SMII Signal Summary Signal To From Purpose TxData PHY MAC Transmit data & control SYNC PHY MAC Synchronization RxData MAC PHY Receive data & control REFCLK MAC & PHY System Synchronization 1. Refer to Table 7, SMII Specific Signal Descriptions - PQFP, on page 46 for detailed signal descriptions. Figure 15 Typical SMII Interface Typical SMII Interface in a 16-Port System SECTION TxDatan RxDatan MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 RefCLK0 125 MHz Sourced Externally or from Switch ASIC Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver SYNC0 8 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 8-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) 8 RefCLK1 SYSTEM CLK 8 RxDatan MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver TxDatan SYNC0 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 8-Port Media Access Controller (MAC) RefCLK0 RefCLK1 8 SECTION Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 155 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 16 4.7 Serial MII Operation Typical SMII Quad Sectionalization Typical SMII Interface in a 24-Port System RefClk1 RefClk0 8 SYNC0 8 12-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) RxDatan MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 4 SECTION TxDatan SYNC0 RxDatan MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 RefClk0 125 MHz Sourced Externally or from Switch ASIC RefClk1 TxDatan 4 SYNC1 4 RxDatan VCC SECTION 8 TxData n SYNC0 8 RxData n Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver MDINT0 MDIO0 MDC0 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 12-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) MDINT1 MDIO1 MDC1 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver LXT9785/9785E 4-Port (sec) 4-Port (sec) 4 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy TxDatan SECTION RefClk0 RefClk1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 156 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 17 4.7 Serial MII Operation 100 Mbps Serial MII Data Flow Strip TX_EN & TX_ER Status Bits Serial Data Stream To/From S0 S1 D0 D1 D2 MAC 2 Nibbles Tx/Rx Data 2 Symbols Tx/Rx Data D0 D1 D2 D3 S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 4B/5B Insert CRS & RX_DV Status Bits D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 4.7.1 D0 D1 D2 D3 To/From PMD Sublayer SMII Reference Clock The REFCLK operates at 125 MHz. The transmit and receive data and control streams must always be synchronized to the REFCLK by the MAC and PHY. The LXT9785/LXT9785E samples these signals on the rising edge of the REFCLK. 4.7.2 TxSYNC Pulse (SMII/SS-SMII) The TxSYNC pulse delimits segment boundaries and synchronizes with REFCLK. The MAC must continuously generate a TxSYNC pulse once every 10 REFCLK cycles. The TxSYNC pulse signals the start of each new segment (see Figure 21 on page 161). 4.7.3 Transmit Data Stream Transmit data and control information are signaled in ten- bit segments. In 100 Mbps mode, each segment contains a new byte of data. In 10 Mbps mode, the MAC must repeat a 10M serial word ten times on TxData. The LXT9785/LXT9785E may sample that serial word at any point. The TxSYNC pulse signals the start of a new segment as shown in Figure 18. 4.7.3.1 Transmit Enable The MAC must assert the TxEN bit in each segment of TxData, and de-assert TxENn after the last segment of the packet. 4.7.3.2 Transmit Error When the MAC asserts the TxER bit in 100BASE-X mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E drives "H" symbols onto the network interface. TxER does not have any function in 10M operation. Figure 18 Serial MII Transmit Synchronization CLOCK TxSYNC TX TxER TxEN TXD0 TXD1 TXD2 TXD3 TXD4 TXD5 TXD6 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers TXD7 TxER Page 157 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.7.4 4.7 Serial MII Operation Receive Data Stream Receive data and control information are signalled in ten-bit segments. In 100 Mbps mode, each segment contains a new byte of data. In 10 Mbps mode, each segment is repeated ten times (except for the CRS bit), and the MAC can sample any of the ten segments. 4.7.4.1 Carrier Sense The CRS bit (slot 0) is generated when a packet is received from the network interface. The CRS bit is set in real time, even in 10 Mbps mode (all other bits are repeated in 10 sequential segments). 4.7.4.2 Receive Data Valid The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts the RX_DV bit (slot 1) when it receives a valid packet. The assertion timing changes depending on line operating speed: * For 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX links, the RX_DV bit is asserted from the first nibble of preamble to the last nibble of the data packet. * For 10BASE-T links, the entire preamble is truncated. The RX_DV bit is asserted with the first nibble of the Start-of-Frame Delimiter (SFD) "5D" and remains asserted until the end of the packet. 4.7.4.3 Receive Error When the LXT9785/LXT9785E receives an invalid symbol from the network in 100BASE-TX mode, it drives "0101" on the associated RxData signals. 4.7.4.4 Receive Status Encoding The LXT9785/LXT9785E encodes status information onto the RxData line during IPG as seen in Table 44 on page 159. Status bit RxData<5> indicates the validity of the upper nibble (RxData<7:4> of the last byte of the previous frame). RxData and RX_DV are passed through the internal elasticity FIFO to smooth any clock rate differences between the recovered clock and the 125 MHz reference clock. 4.7.5 Collision The SMII interface does not provide a collision output and relies on the MAC to interpret COL conditions using CRS and TxEN. CRS is unaffected by the transmit path. Figure 19 Serial MII Receive Synchronization CLOCK RxSYNC RX CRS RXD0 RX_DV RXER RXD1 Speed RXD2 Duplex RXD3 Link RXD4 J abber RXD5 Valid Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers RXD6 FCE RXD7 RXD7 CRS Page 158 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 44 4.7 Serial MII Operation RX Status Encoding Bit Definitions Signal Definition CRS Carrier Sense - identical to MII, except that it is not an asynchronous signal. RxDV Receive Data Valid - identical to MII. When RX_DV = 0, status information is transmitted to the MAC. When RX_DV = 1, received data is transmitted to the MAC. 0 = Status Byte 1 = Valid Data Byte RxER (RxData0) Inter-frame status bit RxData0 indicates whether or not the PHY detected an error somewhere in the previous frame. 0 = No Error 1 = Error SPEED (RxData1) Inter-frame status bit RxData1 indicates port operating speed. 0 = 10 Mbps 1 = 100 Mbps DUPLEX (RxData2) Inter-frame status bit RxData2 indicates port duplex condition. 0 = Half-duplex 1 = Full-duplex LINK (RxData3) Inter-frame status bit RxData3 indicates port link status. 0 = Down 1 = Up JABBER (RxData4) Inter-frame status bit RxData4 indicates port jabber status. 0 = OK 1 = Error VALID (RxData5) Inter-frame status bit RxData5 conveys the validity of the upper nibble of the last byte of the previous frame 0 = Invalid 1 = Valid False Carrier (RxData6) Inter-frame status bit RxData6 indicates whether or not the PHY has detected a false carrier event. 0 = No FC detected 1 = FC detected RxData7 This bit is set to 1. 1 = Always 1. Both RxData0 and RxData5 bits are valid in the segment immediately following a frame, and remain valid until the first data segment of the next frame begins. 4.7.6 Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface Some system designs require the PHY to be placed between 3 to 12 inches away from the MAC. A new Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII) definition has been added because of this requirement. To provide a source synchronous interface between the PHY and MAC, the PHY must drive the RxCLK and the RxSYNC signals to the MAC. Also, the MAC must drive the TxCLK and the TxSYNC signal to the PHY. The REFCLK is also needed to synchronize the data to the PHY's core clock domain. TxData is clocked in using TxCLK and then synchronized to REFCLK and transmitted to the twisted-pair. The RxData is synchronized to the RxCLK. See Figure 23 on page 162. Table 45 SS-SMII Signal To From Purpose TxData PHY MAC Transmit data & control TxCLK PHY MAC Transmit clock TxSYNC PHY MAC Synchronization pulses RxData MAC PHY Receive data & control RxCLK MAC PHY Receive clock RxSYNC MAC PHY Receive Synchronization REFCLK MAC System Synchronization Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 159 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 20 4.7 Serial MII Operation Typical SS-SMII Interface Typical SS-SMII Interface in a 16-Port System SECTION TxDatan 8 RxDatan RxSYNC1 RxCLK1 MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver TxSYNC0 TxCLK0 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 8-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) 8 RefCLK0,1 125 MHz Sourced Externally or from Switch ASIC SYS_CLK RxDatan RxSYNC1 RxCLK1 MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver 8 RefCLK0,1 TxDatan TxSYNC0 TxCLK0 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 8-Port Media Access Controller (MAC) 8 SECTION Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 160 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 21 4.7 Serial MII Operation Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization Typical SS-SMII Interface in a 24-Port System RefClk1 RefClk0 8 RxSYNC1 12-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) RxCLK1 MDIO0 MDC0 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver TxCLK0 RxData n 8 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy TxData n TxSYNC0 MDINT0 SECTION 4 MDINT0 RefClk0 RefClk1 TxData n TxSYNC1 TxCLK1 4 4 RxData n RxSYNC1 RxCLK1 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver MDC0 125 MHz Sourced Externally or from Switch ASIC LXT9785/9785E 4-port (sec) MDIO0 4-port (sec) 4 TxData n TxSYNC0 TxCLK0 RxData n RxSYNC0 RxCLK0 VCC MDIO1 SECTION MDC1 MDINT0 MDIO0 MDC0 TxData n TxSYNC0 TxCLK0 8 RxData n RxSYNC1 RxCLK1 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver 8 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 12-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) MDINT1 SECTION RefClk0 RefClk1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 161 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 22 4.8 RMII Operation SS-SMII Transmit Timing TxCLK TxSYNC TxData TXER TXEN TXD0 TXD1 TXD2 TXD3 TXD4 TXD5 TXD6 TXD7 TXER TxCLK TxSYNC TxData TXER TXEN Frcerr Speed Dplx LINK Jabr TXER All signals are synchronous to the clock Figure 23 SS-SMII Receive Timing RxCLK RxSYNC RxData CRS RXDV RXD0 RXD1 RXD2 RXD3 RXD4 RXD5 RXD6 RXD7 CRS RxCLK RxSYNC RxData CRS RXDV RXER Speed Dplx LINK Jabr UPnib FlsCar CRS All signals are synchronous to the clock 4.8 RMII Operation The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an independent Reduced MII port for each network port. Each RMII uses four signals to pass received data to the MAC: RxDatan<1:0>, RxERn, and CRS_DVn (where n reflects the port number). Three signals are used to transmit data from the MAC: TxDatan_<1:0> and TxENn. Both receive and transmit signals are clocked by REFCLK. Data transmission across the RMII is implemented in di-bit pairs which equal a 4-bit wide nibble. Note: The BGA15 package does not support the RMII interface. 4.8.1 RMII Reference Clock The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 50 MHz reference clock (REFCLK). The device samples the RMII input signals on the rising edge of REFCLK and drives RMII output signals on the falling edge. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 162 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.8.2 4.8 RMII Operation Transmit Enable TxENn must be asserted and de-asserted synchronously with REFCLK. The MAC must assert TxENn at the same time as the first nibble of preamble. TxENn must be de-asserted after the last bit of the packet. 4.8.3 Carrier Sense & Data Valid The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts CRS_DVn when it detects activity on the line. However, RxDatan outputs zeros until the received data is decoded and available for transfer to the controller. 4.8.4 Receive Error Whenever the LXT9785/LXT9785E receives an error symbol from the network, it asserts RxERn. When it detects a bad Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD) it drives a "10" jam pattern on the RxData pins to indicate a false carrier event. 4.8.5 Out-of-Band Signaling The LXT9785/LXT9785E has the capability of encoding status information in the RxData stream during IPG. See Section 4.12, Monitoring Operations, on page 177. for details. 4B/5B Coding Operations The 100BASE-X protocol specifies the use of a 5-bit symbol code on the network media. However, data is normally transmitted across the RMII interface in 2-bit nibblets or "di-bits". The LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates a parallel/serial converter that translates between di-bit pairs and 4-bit nibbles, and a 4B/5B encoder/decoder circuit that translates between 4-bit nibbles and 5-bit symbols for the 100BASE-X connection. Figure 24 shows the data conversion flow from nibbles to symbols. Table 46 on page 167 shows 4B/5B symbol coding (not all symbols are valid). Figure 24 RMII Data Flow Reduced MII Mode Data Flow D0 D2 +1 Parallel to Serial D0 D1 D2 D3 D1 D3 di-bit pairs Serial to Parallel 0 Scramble 4-bit nibbles 4B/5B S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 DeScramble 5-bit symbols Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers MLT3 0 0 -1 Transition = 1. No Transition = 0. All transitions must follow pattern: 0, +1, 0, -1, 0, +1... Page 163 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 25 4.8 RMII Operation Typical RMII Interface Typical RMII Interface in a 16-Port System 8 8 8-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) 8 8 8 TxENn RxD0n RxD1n CRS_DVn RxERn MDIO0 MDC0 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver 8 TxD1n LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 8 SECTION TxD0n MDINT0 RefClk0 RefClk1 50 Mhz Sourced Externally or from Switch ASIC RefClk0 RefClk1 MDINT0 MDIO0 8-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) TxD1 n 8 8 8 TxEN n RxD0 n RxD1n 8 CRS_DV n 8 RxER n Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver TxD0 n 8 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy MDC0 8 SECTION Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 164 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 26 4.8 RMII Operation Typical RMII Quad Sectionalization Typical RMII Interface in a 24-Port System RefClk0 RefClk1 TxD0n TxD1n 8 TxENn 8 RxD0n 8 RxD1n 12-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) 8 CRS_DVn 8 RxERn MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 4 4 TxD0n TxD1n TxENn RxD0n RxD1n CRS_DV n RxERn MDIO0 MDC0 MDINT0 RefClk0 50 MHz Sourced Externally or from Switch ASIC RefClk1 4 TxD0 n TxD1 n TxEN n RxD0 n RxD1n CRS_DVn RxER n 4 4 4 4 MDINT1 MDIO1 MDC1 MDINT0 MDIO0 8 TxD0 n TxD1 n 8 TxEN n 8 RxD0 n 8 8 8 RxD1n CRS_DV n RxER n Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver MDC0 8 VCC SECTION LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 12-Port Media Access Controller ( MAC) 4 4 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver 4 4 4 4 SECTION LXT9785/9785E 4-Port (sec) 4-Port (sec) 4 Magnetics/Fiber Transceiver 8 LXT9785/9785E 8-Port Phy 8 SECTION RefClk0 RefClk1 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 165 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.9 100 Mbps Operation 4.9 100 Mbps Operation 4.9.1 100BASE-X Network Operations During 100BASE-X operation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits and receives 5-bit symbols across the network link. Figure 27 shows the structure of a standard frame packet. When the MAC is not actively transmitting data, the LXT9785/LXT9785E sends out Idle symbols on the line. In 100BASE-TX mode, the device scrambles the data and transmits it to the network using MLT-3 line code. The MLT-3 signals received from the network are de-scrambled and decoded, and sent across the RMII to the MAC. In 100BASE-FX mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits and receives NRZI signals across the LVPECL interface. An external 100BASE-FX transceiver module is required to complete the fiber connection. As shown in Figure 27, the MAC starts each transmission with a preamble pattern. As soon as the LXT9785/LXT9785E detects the start of preamble, it transmits a J/K Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD) symbol to the network. It then encodes and transmits the rest of the packet, including the balance of the preamble, the Start-of-Frame Delimiter (SFD), packet data, and CRC. Once the packet ends, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits the T/R End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD) symbol and then returns to transmitting Idle symbols. Figure 27 100BASE-X Frame Format 64-Bit Preamble (8 Octets) P0 P1 Replaced by /J/K/ code-groups Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD) 4.9.2 P6 Destination and Source Address (6 Octets each) SFD DA DA SA Packet Length (2 Octets) SA L1 L2 Data Field Frame Check Field InterFrame Gap / Idle Code (Pad to minimum packet size) (4 Octets) (> 12 Octets) D0 D1 Dn CRC Start-of-Frame Delimiter (SFD) I0 IFG Replaced by /T/R/ code-groups End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD) 100BASE-X Protocol Sublayer Operations In a 7-layer communications model, the LXT9785/LXT9785E is a Physical Layer 1 (PHY) device. The LXT9785/LXT9785E implements the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA), and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayers of the reference model defined by the IEEE 802.3u specification. The following paragraphs discuss the LXT9785/LXT9785E operation from the reference model point of view. 4.9.2.1 PCS Sublayer The Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) provides the RMII interface, as well as the 4B/5B encoding/decoding function. For 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX operation, the PCS layer provides IDLE symbols to the PMD-layer line driver as long as TxEN is de-asserted. For 10T operation, the PCS layer merely provides a bus interface and serialization/de-serialization function. 10T operation does not use the 4B/5B encoder. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 166 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.9.2.1.1 4.9 100 Mbps Operation Preamble Handling When the MAC asserts TxEN, the PCS substitutes a /J/K/ symbol pair, also known as the Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD), for the first two nibbles received across the RMII. The PCS layer continues to encode the remaining RMII data until TxEN is de-asserted (see Table 46 on page 167). It then returns to supplying IDLE symbols to the line driver. The PCS layer performs the opposite function in the receive direction by substituting two preamble nibbles for the SSD. Figure 28 Protocol Sublayers MII Interface LXT9785 PCS Sublayer Encoder/Decoder Serializer/De-serializer PMA Sublayer Link/Carrier Detect LVPECL Interface PMD Sublayer Scrambler/ De-scrambler Fiber Transceiver 100BASE-TX 4.9.3 100BASE-FX PMA Sublayer The 100BASE-X PMA protocol uses the 4B/5B data encoding scheme to encode/decode the data streams. The coding scheme is shown in Table 46. Table 46 4B/5B Coding (Sheet 1 of 2) Code Type 1. 2. 3. 4. 4B Code 3210 Name 5B Code 43210 0000 0 11110 Data 0 0001 1 01001 Data 1 0010 2 10100 Data 2 0011 3 10101 Data 3 0100 4 01010 Data 4 0101 5 01011 Data 5 0110 6 01110 Data 6 Interpretation The /I/ (Idle) code group is sent continuously between frames. The /J/ and /K/ (SSD) code groups are always sent in pairs; /K/ follows /J/. The /T/ and /R/ (ESD) code groups are always sent in pairs; /R/ follows /T/. An /H/ (Error) code group is used to signal an error condition. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 167 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 46 4B/5B Coding (Sheet 2 of 2) Code Type 4B Code 3210 Name 5B Code 43210 DATA 0111 7 01111 Data 7 1000 8 10010 Data 8 1001 9 10011 Data 9 1010 A 10110 Data A IDLE CONTROL INVALID 1. 2. 3. 4. 4.9.3.1 4.9 100 Mbps Operation Interpretation 1011 B 10111 Data B 1100 C 11010 Data C 1101 D 11011 Data D 1110 E 11100 Data E 1111 F 11101 Data F undefined I1 1 1 1 11 Idle. Used as inter stream fill code. 0101 J2 11000 Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD), part 1 of 2. 0101 K2 10001 Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD), part 2 of 2. undefined T3 01101 End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD), part 1 of 2. undefined R3 00111 End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD), part 2 of 2. undefined H4 00100 Transmit Error. Used to force signaling errors. undefined Invalid 00000 Invalid undefined Invalid 00001 Invalid undefined Invalid 00010 Invalid undefined Invalid 00011 Invalid undefined Invalid 00101 Invalid undefined Invalid 00110 Invalid undefined Invalid 01000 Invalid undefined Invalid 01100 Invalid undefined Invalid 10000 Invalid undefined Invalid 11001 Invalid The /I/ (Idle) code group is sent continuously between frames. The /J/ and /K/ (SSD) code groups are always sent in pairs; /K/ follows /J/. The /T/ and /R/ (ESD) code groups are always sent in pairs; /R/ follows /T/. An /H/ (Error) code group is used to signal an error condition. Link In 100 Mbps mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E establishes a link whenever the descrambler becomes locked and remains locked for approximately 50 ms. Whenever the descrambler loses lock (<16 consecutive idle symbols during a 2 ms window), the link is taken down. This provides a robust link, filtering out any small noise hits that may otherwise disrupt the link. Furthermore, 100 Mbps idle patterns will not bring up a 10 Mbps link. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 168 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.9 100 Mbps Operation The LXT9785/LXT9785E reports link failure via the Register status bits (1.2, 17.10, and 19.4) and interrupt functions. If auto-negotiate is enabled, link failure causes the device to re-negotiate. 4.9.3.2 Link Failure Override The LXT9785/LXT9785E normally transmits 100 Mbps data packets or Idle symbols only if it detects the link is up, and transmits only FLP bursts if the link is not up. Setting bit 16.14 = 1 overrides this function, allowing the LXT9785/LXT9785E to transmit data packets even when the link is down. This feature is provided as a diagnostic tool. Note: Auto-negotiation must be disabled to transmit data packets in the absence of link. If auto-negotiation is enabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically begins transmitting FLP bursts if the link goes down. 4.9.3.3 Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII) The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts CRS_DV whenever the respective port receiver is in a non-idle state (as defined by the RMII Specification Revision 1.2), including false carrier events. Assertion of CRS_DV is asynchronous with respect to REFCLK. In the event that signal decoding is not complete when CRS_DV is asserted, the LXT9785/LXT9785E outputs 00 on the RxData1:0 lines until the decoded data are available. When the line returns to an idle state, CRS_DV is de-asserted synchronously with respect to REFCLK. If the FIFO still contains data to be passed to the MAC via the RMII when CRS is de-asserted, CRS_DV toggles on nibble boundaries until the FIFO is empty. For 100BASE-X signals, CRS_DV toggles at 25 MHz. For 10BASE-T signals, CRS_DV toggles at 2.5 MHz. 4.9.3.4 Carrier Sense (SMII) For 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX links, a Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD) or /J/K/ symbol pair causes assertion of carrier sense (CRS). An End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD), or /T/R/ symbol pair causes de-assertion of CRS. The PMA layer also de-asserts CRS if IDLE symbols are received without /T/R/. In this event, receive error is indicated during the IPG until the next packet is received. For 10T links, CRS assertion is based on receipt of valid preamble, and de-assertion on receipt of an End-of-Frame (EOF) marker. 4.9.3.5 Receive Data Valid (SMII) The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts the RX_DV bit when it receives a valid packet. However, RxData outputs zeros until the received data are decoded and available for transfer to the controller. 4.9.3.6 Twisted-Pair PMD Sublayer The twisted-pair Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) layer provides the signal scrambling and descrambling, line coding and decoding (MLT-3 for 100BASE-TX, Manchester for 10T), as well as receiving, polarity correction, and baseline wander correction functions. 4.9.3.6.1 Scrambler/Descrambler (100BASE-TX Only) The purpose of the scrambler is to spread the signal power spectrum and further reduce EMI using an 11-bit, non-data-dependent polynomial. The receiver automatically decodes the polynomial whenever IDLE symbols are received. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 169 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.9 100 Mbps Operation The scrambler/descrambler can be bypassed by setting Register bit 16.12 = 1. The scrambler is automatically bypassed when the fiber port is enabled. Scrambler bypass is provided for diagnostic and test support. 4.9.3.6.2 Baseline Wander Correction The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a baseline wander correction function which makes the device robust under all network operating conditions. The MLT3 coding scheme used in 100BASE-TX is, by definition, "unbalanced". This means that the DC average value of the signal voltage can "wander" significantly over short time intervals (tenths of seconds). This wander may cause receiver errors, particularly in less robust designs, at long line lengths (100 meters). The exact characteristics of the wander are completely data dependent. The LXT9785/LXT9785E baseline wander correction characteristics allow the device to recover error-free data while receiving worst-case "killer" packets over all cable lengths. 4.9.3.6.3 Polarity Correction The LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically detects and corrects for the condition where the receive signal (TPFIP/N) is inverted. Reversed polarity is detected if eight inverted link pulses or four inverted End-of-Frame (EOF) markers are received consecutively. If link pulses or data are not received by the maximum receive time-out period, the polarity state is reset to a non-inverted state. Before the polarity switch occurs, every frame is inverted and causes RxER to assert. The specific number of RxER events observed depends on how many link pulses occur between packets. 4.9.3.7 Fiber PMD Sublayer The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an LVPECL interface for connection to an external 3.3 V or 5 V fiber transceiver. (The external transceiver provides the PMD function for the optical medium.) The LXT9785/LXT9785E uses a 125 Mbaud NRZI format for the fiber interface, and does not support 10BASE-FL applications. Note: The BGA15 package does not support fiber interface. 4.9.3.7.1 Far End Fault Indications The LXT9785/LXT9785E Signal Detect pins independently detect signal faults from the local fiber transceivers via the SD pins. The device also uses Register bit 1.4 to report Remote Fault indications received from its link partner. The device "ORs" both fault conditions to set bit 1.4. Register bit 1.4 is set once and clears when read. The far-end fault detection process in fiber operation requires idles to establish link. Link will not establish if a far-end fault pattern is the initial signal detected. Either fault condition causes the LXT9785/LXT9785E to drop the link unless Forced Link Pass is selected (16.14 = 1). Link down condition is then reported via interrupts and status bits. In response to locally detected signal faults (SD activated by the local fiber transceiver), the affected port can transmit the far end fault code if fault code transmission is enabled by Register bit 16.2. * When Register bit 16.2 = 1, transmission of the far end fault code is enabled. The LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits far end fault code if fault conditions are detected by the Signal Detect pins. * When Register bit 16.2 = 0, the LXT9785/LXT9785E does not transmit far end fault code. It continues to transmit idle code and may or may not drop link depending on the setting for Register bit 16.14. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 170 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.10 10 Mbps Operation The occurrence of a Far End Fault causes all transmission of data from the Reconciliation Sublayer to stop and the Far End fault code to begin. The Far End Fault code consists of 84 ones's followed by a single "0" and is repeated until the Far End Fault condition is removed. 4.10 10 Mbps Operation The LXT9785/LXT9785E operates as a standard 10BASE-T transceiver and supports all the standard 10 Mbps functions. During 10BASE-T (10T) operation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits and receives Manchester-encoded data across the network link. When the MAC is not actively transmitting data, the device sends out link pulses on the line. In 10T mode, the polynomial scrambler/descrambler is inactive. Manchester-encoded signals received from the network are decoded by the LXT9785/LXT9785E and sent across the MII to the MAC. Note: The LXT9785/LXT9785E does not support fiber connections at 10 Mbps. 4.10.1 Preamble Handling The LXT9785/LXT9785E offers two options for preamble handling, which are selected by Register bit 16.5. In 10BASE-T mode, when Register bit 16.5 = 0, the device strips the preamble off the received packets. In RMII and the SMII modes, the CRS signal is asserted based upon receive activity. In the SMII modes, Out-of-Band (OOB) signaling is present until the SFD is output. The DV signal is initially asserted in the frame that the SFD is output. In RMII mode, zeros are output after receive activity is detected until the SFD is output. The packet is output following the SFD. When Register bit 16.5 = 1 in 10BASE-T mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E passes the preamble through the RMII and the SMII interfaces. In RMII and the SMII modes, the CRS signal is asserted based upon receive activity. In the SMII modes, OOB signaling is continued until preamble is available from the receive FIFO. After the preamble, the SFD is output with the initial assertion of the DV signal. The RMII interface outputs zeros after receive activity is detected until preamble is available from the FIFO. The number of zero nibbles output before preamble is based upon the FIFO initial fill settings (Register bits 18.15:14). The preamble is followed by the SFD and the packet body. Register bit 16.5 has no effect in 100 Mbps operation. 4.10.2 Dribble Bits The LXT9785/LXT9785E device handles dribble bits in all modes. If one through four dribble bits are received, the nibble is passed across the RMII. If five through seven dribble bits are received, the second nibble is not sent onto the RMII bus. 4.10.3 Link Test The LXT9785/LXT9785E always transmits link pulses in 10T mode. When enabled, the link test function monitors the connection for link pulses. Once link pulses are detected, data transmission is enabled and remains enabled as long as either the link pulses or data transmission continue. If link pulses stop, the data transmission is disabled. If the link test function is disabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits to the connection regardless of detected link pulses. The link test function is disabled by setting Register bit 16.14 = 1. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 171 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.10.3.1 4.11 DTE Discovery Process Link Failure Link failure occurs if Link Test is enabled and link pulses or packets stop being received. If this condition occurs, the LXT9785/LXT9785E returns to the auto-negotiation phase if auto-negotiation is enabled. 4.10.4 Jabber If a transmission exceeds the jabber timer, the LXT9785/LXT9785E disables the transmit and loopback functions and the Collision Status bit (Register bit 17.11) is set regardless of duplex. The jabber timer, according to the IEEE standard, must be between 20 ms to 150 ms. The RMII does not include a Jabber pin, but the MAC may read Register 1 to determine jabber status. The LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically exits jabber mode after the unjab time expires. This function is disabled by setting Register bit 16.10 = 1. 4.11 DTE Discovery Process The DTE discovery process is port dependent and must be enabled through software. The process is implemented as a next page option to the auto-negotiation flow. When the process is enabled, manual control of auto-negotiation next pages is not allowed. This feature applies to the LXT9785E transceiver only. The process depends upon an IP phone, or any other DTE capable of being powered remotely, having a specific filter that passes NLPs and FLPs. This filter should be non-polarized to insure that the latest status of Auto-MDIX operation does not effect operation. This filter attenuates 100 Mbps MLT3 signals and 10 Mbps Manchester-encoded signals, and must be bypassed when power is applied to the IP phone. Figure 29 shows a typical IP telephone system connection. Figure 29 Typical IP Telephone System Connection VoIP-Enabled Switch SD Pr oCurve Switch 2424M HP J4122B 10/100Base -T Ports Module Status Self Test 1 7 2 3 6 13 14 1 5 16 17 18 Link 8 9 10 11 12 4 5 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 Mode Link Console 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X 13X 14X 15X 16X 17X 18X 7X 8X 9X 10X 11X 12X 19X 20X 21X 22X 23X 24X Mode Power Fault Reset Clear Act Fdx 100 Mode Select Power cable Power and data over Category 5 cable Power Outlet UPS/ Generator Power cable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 # * IP Telephone 4.11.1 Data only over Category 5 cable Computer Power Outlet Definitions The terms in Table 47 are used throughout the DTE discovery sections: Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 172 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 47 4.11 DTE Discovery Process DTE Terms Term 4.11.2 Definition Negotiation Process: This includes auto-negotiation and parallel detection processes System: The switch system using the LXT9785E for DTE Discovery Link Partner: A device connected to the LXT9785E through twisted pair cables DTE: Data Terminal Equipment; any end-of-link partner Standard Link Partner: A link partner that is not requiring power over a Category 5 cable; typically a PC Remote-Power DTE: Data Terminal Equipment requiring power over a Category 5 cable; typically an IP telephone Discovery: The process of identifying the type of link partner present Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY The state machines that control the mechanics of the Discovery process reside within the LXT9785E device. However, control of the power supply and overall system control reside in the system processor. The processor communicates with the power supply unit (PSU) and switches it on and off dependant on the data that is supplied by the PHY. The PHY register data is read by the MAC using the MDIO interface. The required control bits are contained in the PHY device register map and are discussed in detail in the section labeled Section 4.11.3, Management Interface and Control, on page 174. Note: The details of the processor/MAC interface and the processor/PSU interface are implementation specific and therefore are out of the scope of this specification. The following is an overview of the system control for a successful Remote-Power DTE discovery: 1. The discovery process is enabled by the DTE Discovery Process Enable (Dis_EN) Register bit 27.6 and the Auto-Negotiation Enable Register bit 0.12. Writing Register bit 27.6 immediately affects the Auto-Negotiation Base Page. If already enabled, auto-negotiation should be restarted after this bit is written to ensure proper operation. Register bit 4.15 is used for manual control of auto-negotiation next pages and should be left in the default state (cleared). 2. The LXT9785E PHY then tests to see if a Remote-Power DTE is present as the link partner. If a Remote-Power DTE is found, the Power Enable (Power_EN) Register bit 27.4 is set. The processor polls this signal via the MAC. 3. Upon detecting a Remote-Power DTE, the processor instructs the power supply to switch on. Once power has been applied to the DTE, normal negotiation takes place. The processor must enable the required negotiation process by restarting auto-negotiation, or by setting forced speed mode after power has been applied. The processor must poll the link-up Register bit 1.2 for the corresponding LXT9785E port, or the link status change interrupt, to ensure that the link has been established. 4. A time-out must be connected with this feature so that if link is not established within a pre-determined time period (system dependant), the processor instructs the power supply to switch off. If link is not established prior to the expiration of the "link fail inhibit timer", the LXT9785E restarts negotiation with DTE detection if auto-negotiation mode was used to establish link with the phone, and the DTE process is still enabled. The LXT9785E restarts negotiation without DTE detection if either forced speed mode is used to establish link with the phone, or the DTE process is disabled. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 173 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.11 DTE Discovery Process 5. If power is applied and link is established, the system must still poll the Link Status Register bit 1.2 for the corresponding LXT9785E port or the link status change interrupt. This is required since link status is the only way to know when the Remote-Power DTE is removed or unplugged. On seeing the Link_Down condition, the processor instructs the power supply to switch off, and the DTE Discovery begins again or is disabled. 4.11.3 Management Interface and Control The management and control of the DTE discovery process is via the MDIO port. Each port on the LXT9785E is capable of running the discovery process, thus each port is independently controlled. This is achieved by each port having a dedicated set of control and status bits. These bits are found in Register 27 as follows: DTE DISCOVERY PROCESS ENABLE - Register Bit 27.6 (Dis_EN) R/W Default value = 0: Disabled. Register bit 27.6 controls the operation of the process. The discovery process is disabled when Register bit 27.6 = 0, and enabled when Register bit 27.6 = 1. The MAC controller sets Register bit 27.6 to a 1 when a port search for a DTE requiring power is desired. Once set, Register bit 27.6 remains = 1 until the MAC clears it, either by directly clearing it or by resetting the PHY. This allows the discovery process to continue to function if unsuccessful in detecting a DTE, without being continually re-enabled by the MAC. If Register bit 27.6 is set after link is established, no action is taken until after the link goes down. POWER ENABLE - Register Bit 27.4 (Power_EN) R Default value = 0: No Remote-Power DTE found. Register bit 27.4 contains the result of the discovery process. When Register bit 27.4 = 0, the discovery process has not found Remote-Power DTE, and when Register bit 27.4 = 1, the discovery process has potentially found a DTE requiring power. This indicates power should be applied to the Category 5 cable. Register bit 27.4 is polled by the MAC during the discovery process, and is cleared when the PHY is reset, when auto-negotiation is restarted, or when auto-negotiation is disabled. In the event of a discovery process being interrupted due to detection of an already powered link partner (auto-negotiation completion or Parallel Detection), Register bit 27.4 = 0. STANDARD LINK PARTNER DETECTED - Register Bit 27.3 (SLP_Det) R/W Clear on Read Default value = 0: No link partner found. When Register bit 27.3 = 1, a standard link partner has been detected by the LXT9785E (NLPs, MLT3 data, FLPs without next page support, or FLPs with non-matching next pages). This indicates power should not be applied to the Category 5 cable. When Register bit 27.3 = 0, other bits are checked to determine overall status of the link partner. Register bit 27.3 is cleared on read, or DTE discovery is disabled, link is established, or auto-negotiation is either restarted or disabled. LINK FAIL TIMEOUT - Register Bit 27.2 (LFIT Expired) R/W Clear on Read Default value = 0 (Link Fail Inhibit timer has expired without establishment of link with a standard link partner). Valid only when Standard Link Partner Detected Register bit 27.3 = 1. Register bit 27.2 is set if link is not established prior to the Link Fail Inhibit Timer expiring. This indicates that the Discovery process has restarted and the Standard Link Partner Detected Register bit may no longer be valid. Register bit 27.2 is cleared on read, or DTE discovery is disabled, link is established, or auto-negotiation is either restarted or disabled. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 174 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.11.4 4.11 DTE Discovery Process DTE Discovery Process Flow The following section describes the DTE Discovery process.See Figure 30, Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785E Negotiation Flow Chart, on page 177 for a flow chart of the discovery process.When DTE Discovery (27.6) and auto-negotiation (0.12) are enabled (auto-negotiation mode is required), the LXT9785E transmits the auto-negotiation base page with the next page ability bit set (Section Table 88, Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4), on page 218). System software polls Register 27 to determine if or when a Remote-Power DTE is detected. The receiver monitors the line to determine if NLPs, MLT3 data, or FLP bursts are being received. If the receive activity is FLP bursts, the status of the next page ability bit is checked. If the detected "link partner" also supports next page, then the LXT9785E transmits out the next page sequence associated with message code #5 (Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) Tag Code). The definition for the next pages to be sent out for this message code include some user-defined code values. These values are loaded with randomly created data from an internal LSFR that is free running and seeded with the PHY address of the LXT9785E port. The Next Pages are hard coded in the logic (the LXT9785E ignores any data written into Register 7) and are outlined in Table 48. The receiver monitors the next pages to determine that the exact next page data (especially the random data) transmitted is received. As soon as the first non-matching next page is detected, the DTE Discovery process is stopped and the base page is used to determine the capability options. The Power-Enable Register bit 27.4 is set when a Remote-Power DTE is detected as the link partner, and the last next page is repeatedly transmitted until software restarts the required negotiation process (auto-negotiation or forced-speed mode). The software should be written so that the negotiation is not restarted until the DTE has been powered up over the Category 5 cable. The Power-Enable Register bit 27.4 is cleared upon restarting or disabling auto-negotiation (selecting forced mode). The system must be able to detect over-current conditions and be capable of disabling power in case the link partner is not a Remote-Power DTE. Some examples of devices that would mistakenly set Power-Enable Register bit 27.4 are a token-ring balun and a loopback cable. Once link partner power has been stabilized and sufficient time has passed for the link partner to initialize, the auto-negotiation process may be restarted. The negotiation process establishes link if a compatible mode exists between the LXT9785E and the link partner. If a compatible mode does not exist (not compatible or not established within the Link Fail Inhibit Timer period), the LXT9785E either restarts auto-negotiation/DTE discovery (discovery is enabled (27.6=1) and auto-negotiation is enabled (0.12 = 1)), or normal negotiation (discovery is disabled (27.6=0) and auto-negotiation is enabled (0.12 = 1)), or either 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps forced-mode operation (auto-negotiation is disabled (0.12 = 0)). The software must detect this non-link state and disable power. Table 48 Next Page Message #5 Code Word Definitions (Sheet 1 of 2) Next Page Encoding D15 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 OUI Tagged Message 1 a 1 0 t 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 User Page 1 1 a 0 0 t 3.1 0 3.1 1 3.1 2 3.1 3 3.1 4 3.1 5 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 1. a is the acknowledge bit; t is the toggle bit; L is the LFSR Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 175 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 48 4.11 DTE Discovery Process Next Page Message #5 Code Word Definitions (Sheet 2 of 2) Next Page Encoding D15 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 User Page 2 1 a 0 0 t 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.1 0 2.1 1 2.1 2 2.1 3 2.1 4 2.1 5 User Page 3 1 a 0 0 t 0 0 L.8 L.7 L.6 L.5 L.4 L.3 L.2 L.1 L.0 User Page 4 1 a 0 0 t L.1 0 L.9 L.8 L.7 L.6 L.5 L.4 L.3 L.2 L.1 L.0 1. a is the acknowledge bit; t is the toggle bit; L is the LFSR 4.11.5 DTE Discovery Behavior The device behavior checks the comparison bit after each next page is successfully auto-negotiated. If the first next page or any subsequent next page does not match, the DTE Discovery process transmits one last null page with the next page bit cleared to stop the DTE Discovery process. If each page is successfully auto-negotiated (it matches the transmitted page), DTE Discovery completes as previously described. The five Next Pages consist of a message page and four user pages. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 176 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 30 4.12 Monitoring Operations Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785E Negotiation Flow Chart Start Power Up or Link Down 1.2 = 0 and Dis_EN 27.6 = 0 or Link Down 1.2 = 0 and Forced Mode Default Mode Transmit based upon hardware configuration FLP, NLP or IDLE Symbols LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1 Dis_EN 27.6 = 0 Assumptions: Auto-Negotiation/Forced Speed Set by Pins Advertisement Requirements Set by Pins LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1 Link Fail Timeout = 1 Dis_EN Not Set 27.6 = 0 NLPs or IDLE Symbols Detected Software Intervention Auto-negotiation 0.12 = 1 (if needed) Power_EN 27.6 = 1 FLP Detected Link Down 1.2 = 0 and Dis_EN 27.6 = 1 and Auto-Neg 0.12 = 1 NLPs or IDLE Symbols Detected Discovery Base Transmit FLPs Base Page (Register 4) with Next Page 4.15 = 1 Parallel Detection Determine Compatibility on Speed and Duplex Check Advertisement LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1 Dis_EN 27.6 = 1 FLP Detected LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1 Dis_EN 27.6 = 1 Auto Negotiation Determine Compatibility Options No Next Page Set? No Yes Yes Nonmatching DTE Discovery NP Received AutoNegotiation? Next Page Transmission Use Random Data for User Defined Bits as Code Compatibility Power Applied No Compatibility Next Pages Received Power On Wait State for Proper Power Assertiion Pages = Code Transmitted? Set Mode Restart Auto-Negotiation Yes or DTE Discovered Transmit Last Page Continuously Power_EN 27.4 = 1 Software Intervention Software Polled Power_EN 27.4 = 1 Turn On Power Supply Force Speed Link Up 4.12 Monitoring Operations 4.12.1 Monitoring Auto-Negotiation Auto-negotiation may be monitored as follows: Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 177 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.12 Monitoring Operations * Bits 1.2 and 17.10 = 1 once the link is established. * Additional bits in Register 1 (refer to Table 85, Status Register (Address 1), on page 216) and Register 17 (refer to Table 94, Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11), on page 223) can be used to determine the link operating conditions and status. 4.12.2 Per-Port LED Driver Functions The LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates three direct drive LEDs per port (LEDn_1_L, LEDn_2_L, and LEDn_3_L). On power up, all the LEDs lights up for approximately one second after reset de-asserts. Each LED may be programmed to one of several different display modes using the LED Configuration Register. Each per-port LED may be programmed (refer to Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226) to indicate one of the following conditions: * Operating Speed * Transmit Activity * Receive Activity * Collision Condition * Link Status * Duplex Mode * Isolate Condition The LEDs can also be programmed to display various combined status conditions. For example, setting bits 20.15:12 = 1101 produces the following combination of Link and Activity indications: * If Link is down, LED is off. * If Link is up, LED is on. * If Link is up AND activity is detected, the LED blinks at the stretch interval selected by bits 20.3:2 and continues to blink as long as activity is present. The LED driver pins are open drain circuits (10 mA max current rating). Refer to Section 5.2.6, LED Circuit, on page 188 under the Application Information Section for LED circuit design details. The LED Configuration Register also provides optional LED pulse stretching to 30, 60, or 100 ms. If during this pulse stretch period, the event occurs again, the pulse stretch time is further extended (see Table 97, LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14), on page 226). When an event such as receiving a packet occurs, it is edge detected and starts the stretch timer. The LED driver remains asserted until the stretch timer expires. If another event occurs before the stretch timer expires, the stretch timer is reset and the stretch time extended. When a long event (such as duplex status) occurs, it is edge detected and starts the stretch timer. When the stretch timer expires, the edge detector is reset so that a long event causes another pulse to be generated from the edge detector. The edge detector resets the stretch timer, causing the LED driver to remain asserted. Figure 31 on page 179 shows how the stretch operation functions. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 178 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 31 4.12 Monitoring Operations LED Pulse Stretching Event LED stretch stretch stretch Note: The direct drive LED outputs in this diagram are shown as active L ow. 4.12.3 Out-of-Band Signaling The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an out-of-band signaling option to transfer status information across the RMII receive interface. This feature is enabled when Register bit 25.0 = 1 and uses the RxData(1:0) data bus during the Inter-Packet Gap (IPG) time as shown in Figure 32. Out-of-Band signaling is disabled when Isolate mode is enabled by setting Register 0.10. Note: The BGA15 package does not support Out-of-Band Signaling nor the RMII interface. The two status bits transferred across the RxData bus are software selectable via Register 25 (see Table 99, RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19), on page 228). In normal operation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E stuffs the RxData bus with zeros during the IPG. A software-selectable bit enables the RMII out-of-band signaling feature. Once this bit is set, the LXT9785/LXT9785E replaces the zeros with selected status bits during the IPG. Figure 32 RMII Programmable Out-of-Band Signaling REFCLK CRS_DV RXD(1) sta tus 1 status 1 0s data data data data status 1 status 1 status 1 status 1 status 1 RXD(0) sta tus 0 status 0 0s data data data data status 0 status 0 status 0 status 0 status 0 1. When network activity is detected, the LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts CRS_DV asynchronously with respect to REFCLK. 2. After CRS_DV is asserted, the LXT9785/LXT9785E zero-stuffs the RxData bits until the received data has been processed through the FIFO. 3. When network activity ceases, the LXT9785/LXT9785E de-asserts CRS_DV synchronously with respect to REFCLK. CRS_DV toggles until all data in the FIFO has been processed through the RMII. Once the FIFO is empty, LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the status bits selected by the Out-of-Band Signaling Register (refer to Table 99, RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19), on page 228) on the The LXT9785/LXT9785E includes an IEEE 1149.1 boundary scan test port for board level testing. All digital input, output, and input/output pins are accessible. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 179 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.12.4 4.12 Monitoring Operations Boundary Scan Interface This interface consists of five pins (TMS, TDI, TDO, TCK and TRST_L). It includes a state machine, data register array, and instruction register. The TMS and TDI pins are internally pulled up and the TCK pin is internally pulled down. TDO does not have an internal pull-up or pull-down. 4.12.5 State Machine The TAP controller is a 16-state machine driven by the TCK and TMS pins. Upon reset, the TEST_LOGIC_RESET state is entered. The state machine is also reset when TMS and TDI are High for five TCK periods. 4.12.6 Instruction Register The IDCODE instruction is always invoked after the state machine resets. The decode logic ensures the correct data flow to the Data registers according to the current instruction. Valid instructions are listed in Table 50. 4.12.7 Boundary Scan Register Each Boundary Scan Register (BSR) cell has two stages. A flip-flop and a latch are used for the serial shift stage and the parallel output stage. There are four modes of operation as listed in Table 49. Refer to the Identification Information section in the Cortina Systems(R) {Doc:ProductName:Long} Specification Update (document number 249357) for the JTAG ID numbers. Table 49 Table 50 BSR Mode of Operation Mode Description 1 Capture 2 Shift 3 Update 4 System Function Supported JTAG Instructions Name Code Description Data Register EXTEST 0000 Hex External Test BSR IDCODE FFFE Hex ID Code Inspection ID REG SAMPLE FFF8 Hex Sample Boundary BSR High Z FFCF Hex Force Float Bypass Clamp FFEF Hex Clamp BSR BYPASS FFFF Hex Bypass Scan Bypass Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 180 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.13 4.13 Cable Diagnostics Overview Cable Diagnostics Overview Debugging cable problems increases the overall cost of owning and operating a local area network. Cable Diagnostic tools were incorporated into the LXT9785/LXT9785E device to help customers debug network cable problems. The Cable Diagnostic tools provide the ability to detect severe cable problems, such as open and short circuits, and determine the distance to the discontinuity. 4.13.1 Features The following are three cases to consider for Cable Diagnostics: * Distance to a short circuit between wires of a single twisted-pair * An open circuit * Detection of an improperly terminated cable by the link partner. An improperly terminated cable will not meet IEEE 802.3 return loss requirements. Register 29 has been added to control cable testing and report cable testing results. Cable Diagnostics provides a method to determine the distance to opens and shorts when the link partner is inactive on the twisted-pair under test. The cable tests produce undefined results if the link partner is transmitting signals. Implementation methods may vary depending upon the system use requirements of Cable Diagnostics. 4.13.2 Operation Cable Diagnostics utilizes the PHY transmit drivers and receivers to test a single twisted-pair. A transmit pulse is driven down the twisted-pair under test and the reflected signal is analyzed. Link partners transmitting NLP, FLP, MLT3, or other TDR pulses may interfere with the ability of the LXT9785/LXT9785E to properly analyze the reflected Cable Diagnostic pulse. Implementation algorithms must take these potential situations into consideration. 4.13.2.1 Short and Long Cable Testing Requirements Implementing Cable Diagnostic tests, by enabling short and long cable tests sequentially, allows more accurate measurements to a detected fault. Both tests are necessary to reach full precision. The short and long cable tests can be run by writing 0x7400h and 0x6C00h to Register 29, respectively. See Section 4.13.4, Basic Implementation, on page 182 for implementation details. 4.13.2.2 Precision Cable Diagnostics estimates the distance to a fault up to 150 m. Category 5 or better cable produces the most accurate test results. Less than Category 5 cable may produce less accurate results on long cable lengths. Cable Diagnostics returns the distance to the closest fault, if a fault is present. Cable Diagnostic tests report the distance to a cable fault based on the velocity of signal propagation, which is used to determine the electrical length to the fault. The electrical length may vary slightly from the physical cable length. The measurement accuracy may vary by +/- 2 m. The following basic equation is used to calculate the distance to a fault: Distance_to_Fault = (Reg29[7:0] - 3.5) / 1.16 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 181 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.13.3 4.13 Cable Diagnostics Overview Implementation Considerations Before performing Cable Diagnostics, the twisted-pair to be tested may be verified to be inactive. All applicable link configurations should be attempted. Cable Diagnostic tests may be started if the attempts indicate no link partners are active. If link partners are detected, additional tests and decisions as to next steps may need to be implemented in the cable testing algorithm to ensure the most accurate results. Cortina recommends that a 100BASE-TX link be attempted with MDI and MDIX enabled sequentially, prior to performing Cable Diagnostic testing, to determine if a 100BASE-TX-only link partner is present. If a link partner is in forced 100BASE-TX operation, transmitting MLT3, the Cable Diagnostic test result will be undefined due to the interference MLT3 causes in attempting to process the reflected Cable Diagnostic pulse. Auto MDI/MDIX on the link partner should be accounted for in deriving the cable testing algorithm. Cortina recommends auto MDI/MDIX be disabled when running the cable tests. The transmit and receive twisted-pairs must be tested one at a time with both short and long cable test suites. The MDI/MDIX control bits in Table 100, Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B), on page 229 can be used to select the twisted-pair to be tested. This requirement creates a minimum of four test permutations that must be completed to determine if the fault exists, the distance to the fault. If Cable Diagnostics testing is completed using a powered down LXT9785/LXT9785E device as the link partner, specific results can be expected. The results will indicate an open connection when the PWRDWN hardware configuration pin is used. These power-down methods disable the internal termination resistors to create a high impedance connection equivalent to an open circuit. If Transmit Disable (Register bit 16.13) or software controlled Power-Down (Register bit 0.11) is used, the powered down device transmit logic will look like an open circuit and the receive circuit will look like a 100 terminated connection. The Transmit Disable bit and the software Power-Down bit disable the transmit circuit but do not affect the receive circuit. The result of Cable Diagnostic tests using an IP Phone indicate an open or a short fault at a gross approximation of the distance to the IP Phone. The termination resistors are not powered and do not create a proper termination. The filter circuit used by some manufacturers adversely affects the test results. Transmission and reception of packets is disabled when Cable Diagnostics is enabled. Internal loopback must be disabled for Cable Diagnostics to operate properly. Internal loopback disables the analog interface. 4.13.4 Basic Implementation Register 29 is used to control and report the Cable Diagnostics test results. The function tests one pair of the twisted-pair cable at a time. The basic process flow is described as follows (see Table 101, Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D), on page 231 for Register 29 bit definitions): 1. Disable auto-negotiation by clearing Register bit 0.12, set to MDI by clearing Register bits 27.9:8, and ensure internal loopback is disabled, Register bit 0.14 = 0. 2. Write 0x7400h to Register 29. Setting these bits places the device in short cable Cable Diagnostics mode and forces link to drop. The device waits a specific amount of time (1.2 s to 1.5 s) to ensure link drops on any connected link partner, and initiates the Cable Diagnostics test on the selected twisted-pair. 3. Poll Register bit 29.9. When this bit is set, the test is complete and Register bits 29.7:0 contain a value used to determine if a cable fault was found and the distance to that Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 182 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.14 Link Hold-Off Overview fault. A value of 0xFFh indicates no fault was found. Any other value indicates a fault was found, that value should be stored for later use. 4. Write 0x6C00h to Register 29. Setting these bits places the device in long cable Cable Diagnostics mode. 5. Poll Register bit 29.9. When set, record the value of Register bits 29.7:0 if a fault is found. 6. If a fault is present, a calculation is used to determine the distance to the fault. Insert the smallest value recorded from Register bits 29.7:0 in steps 3 and 5 above into the following formula: Distance_to_Fault = (Reg29[7:0] - 3.5) / 1.16 Register bit 29.8 is set if the fault is detected as a short circuit and is cleared if the fault is detected as an open circuit. Register bits 29.12:11 are cleared when read and are cleared during the same read cycle when Register bit 29.9 is read, indicating a fault condition exists. 7. Normal PHY operation can be resumed by writing 0x4000h to Register 29 or by software or hardware reset. The test suite can be run again by resuming at step 2 above. 4.14 Link Hold-Off Overview The PHY link is established as soon as the system platform powers-up. In many cases, the system platform is not capable of supporting network operation until configuration firmware is loaded. It is desirable in such cases to prevent the PHY from establishing a link until the system platform is fully configured and ready for network operation. Link Hold-Off was incorporated into the LXT9785/LXT9785E device to satisfy these requirements. Enabling Link Hold-Off disables the PHY Link capability until the system platform is fully capable of supporting network operation. The feature is enabled by hardware control at power-up or software control during normal operation. 4.14.1 Features Link Hold-Off prevents the LXT9785/LXT9785E from establishing a link by disabling the analog transmit and receive capability. The digital capabilities of the PHY are unaffected including register access and LED operation. Link Hold-Off can be enabled by an external hardware pin for all ports or by software register access for individual ports. When Link Hold-Off is enabled, the transmitter and receiver on the selected ports are forced into software power-down mode (see Section 4.5.3, Power-Down Mode, on page 150) to block signal activity from establishing a link and passing packets through the PHY. The hardware enabled Link Hold-Off is controlled by the LINKHOLD pin. Internal pull-down resistors hold the pin in the inactive state. Connecting a 5k pull-up resistor to the pin enables the feature at power-up reset or external hardware pin Reset. Once a PHY port is programmed as desired, clearing Register bit 0.11 will re-enable that port. Each port must be individually re-enabled. When a port is software reset, by setting Register 0.15, the state of the hardware configuration pin captured by the last hardware or power-up reset determines the default register values for the specific function for that port. Link Hold-Off, once enabled by hardware configuration, is re-enabled on a port by issuing a software reset for that port. It is not necessary to reset the entire PHY or switch system to re-enable Link Hold-Off. Link Hold-Off software control is enabled or disabled on individual ports by respectively setting or clearing Register bit 0.11, the power-down bit, during normal operation. It is not required to have previously enabled Link Hold-Off by hardware configuration. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 183 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 4.14 Link Hold-Off Overview Link Hold-Off is disabled if the external pin MDDIS is active. The MDDIS pin disables the MDIO interface required to re-enable normal transmit and receive link operation. MDDIS is intended to disable the MDIO management interface for unmanaged applications. Internal loopback circuitry is unaffected in Link Hold-Off mode. 4.14.2 Operation Link Hold-Off is implemented in one of the following two ways: * Using a hardware pin at power-up or hardware reset * Using software control through the MII Management (MDC/MDIO) interface. Link Hold-Off use by an external hardware pin is as follows: 1. Pull the LINKHOLD pin High with a pull-up resistor (approximately 5 k Ohms). 2. Power up the system or drive the reset pin active. 3. All ports are link disabled. 4. Program all ports to the desired configuration. 5. Clear Register Bit 0.11, power-down for each individual port. 6. Normal operation resumes on each port after Register bit 0.11 is cleared (see Table 83 for the recovery time). Link Hold-Off is enabled on a per port basis by software control using the following two methods: Method One: This method requires that Link Hold-Off is enabled by the LINKHOLD pin during the last power-up or hardware reset. 1. Set Register bit 0.15 to reset and re-enable Link Hold-Off for the desired port. 2. Program the PHY to the desired configuration. 3. Clear Register bit 0.11 (power-down) to disable Link Hold-Off. 4. Normal operation resumes. Method Two: This method enables Link Hold-Off regardless of the LINKHOLD hardware configuration state. 1. Set Register bit 0.11(power-down) to enable Link Hold-Off for the desired port. 2. Program the PHY to the desired configuration. 3. Clear Register bit 0.11 (power-down) to disable Link Hold-Off. 4. Normal operation resumes. Note: High is defined by the IO voltage supply level selected (2.5V or 3.3V). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 184 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 5.0 Application Information 5.1 Design Recommendations 5.0 Application Information The LXT9785/LXT9785E is designed to comply with IEEE 802.3 requirements to provide outstanding receive Bit Error Rate (BER), and long-line-length performance. To achieve maximum performance from the LXT9785/LXT9785E, attention to detail and good design practices are required. Refer to the Cortina Systems(R) {Doc:ProductName:Long} Design and Layout Guide application note for detailed design and layout information. 5.2 General Design Guidelines Adherence to generally accepted design practices is essential to minimize noise levels on power and ground planes. Up to 50 mV maximum of noise is considered acceptable. High-frequency switching noise can be reduced, and its effects eliminated, by following these simple guidelines throughout the design: * Fill in unused areas of the signal planes with solid copper and attach them with vias to a VCC or ground plane that is not located adjacent to the signal layer. * Use ample bulk and decoupling capacitors throughout the design (a value of 0.01F is recommended for decoupling caps). * Provide ample power and ground planes. * Provide termination on all high-speed switching signals and clock lines. * Provide impedance matching on long traces to prevent reflections. * Route high-speed signals next to a continuous, unbroken ground plane. * Filter and shield DC-DC converters, oscillators, etc. * Do not route any digital signals between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and the RJ-45 connectors at the edge of the board. * Do not extend any circuit power and ground plane past the center of the magnetics or to the edge of the board. Use this area for chassis ground, or leave it void. 5.2.1 Power Supply Filtering Power supply ripple and digital switching noise on the VCC plane may cause EMI problems and degrade line performance. The best approach to this problem is to minimize ground noise as much as possible using good general techniques and by filtering the VCC plane. It is generally difficult to predict in advance the performance of any design, although certain factors greatly increase the risk of having problems: * Poorly-regulated or over-burdened power supplies. * Wide data busses (32-bits+) running at a high clock rate. * DC-to-DC converters. Cortina recommends filtering the power supply to the analog VCC pins of the LXT9785/LXT9785E. This has two benefits. First, it keeps digital switching noise out of the analog circuitry inside the LXT9785/LXT9785E, helping with line performance. Second, if the VCC planes are laid out correctly, digital switching noise is kept away from external connectors, reducing EMI problems. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 185 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 5.2 General Design Guidelines The recommended implementation is to break the VCC plane into two sections. The digital section supplies power to the VCCD and VCCIO pins of the LXT9785/LXT9785E. The analog section supplies power to the VCCA pins. The break between the two planes should run underneath the device. In designs with more than one the LXT9785/LXT9785E, a single continuous analog VCC plane can be used to supply them all. The digital and analog VCC planes should be joined at one or more points by ferrite beads. The beads should produce at least a 100 impedance at 100 MHz. Beads should be placed so that current flow is evenly distributed. The maximum current rating of the beads should be at least 150% of the current that is actually expected to flow through them. A bulk cap (2.2 -10F) should be placed on each side of each bead. In addition, a high-frequency bypass cap (0.01 F) should be placed near each analog VCC pin. 5.2.2 Power and Ground Plane Layout Considerations Great care needs to be taken when laying out the power and ground planes. * Follow the guidelines in the Cortina Systems(R) {Doc:ProductName:Long} Design and Layout Guide for locating the split between the digital and analog VCC planes. * Keep the digital VCC plane away from the TPFOP/N and TPFIP/N signals, the magnetics, and the RJ-45 connectors. * Place the layers so the TPFOP/N and TFPIP/N signals can be routed close to the ground plane. For EMI reasons, it is more important to shield TPFOP/N than TPFIP/N. 5.2.2.1 Chassis Ground For ESD reasons, it is a good design practice to create a separate chassis ground that encircles the board and is isolated via moats and keep-out areas from all circuit-ground planes and active signals. Chassis ground should extend from the RJ-45 connectors to the magnetics, and can be used to terminate unused signal pairs (Bob Smith termination). In single-point grounding applications, provide a single connection between chassis and circuit grounds with a 2 kV isolation capacitor. In multi-point grounding schemes (chassis and circuit grounds joined at multiple points), provide 2 kV isolation to the Bob Smith termination. 5.2.3 MII Terminations Series termination resistors are required on all the SS-SMII output signals driven by the LXT9785/LXT9785E. Special trace layout consideration should be used when using the SMII interface. Keep all traces orthogonal and as short as possible. Whenever possible, route the clock and sync traces evenly between the longest and shortest data routes. This minimizes round-trip, clock-to-data delays and allows a larger margin to the setup and hold requirements. 5.2.4 Twisted-Pair Interface Use the following standard guidelines for a twisted-pair interface: * Place the magnetics as close as possible to the LXT9785/LXT9785E. * Keep transmit pair traces as short as possible; both traces should have the same length. * Avoid vias and layer changes as much as possible. * Keep the transmit and receive pairs apart to avoid cross-talk. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 186 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 5.2 General Design Guidelines * Route the transmit pair adjacent to a ground plane. The optimum arrangement is to place the transmit traces two to three layers from the ground plane, with no intervening signals. * Improve EMI performance by filtering the TPO center tap. A single ferrite bead rated at 400 mA may be used to supply center tap current to all ports. 5.2.4.1 Magnetic Requirements The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 1:1 ratio for both the receive transformers and the transmit transformers. The transmit isolation voltage should be rated at 1.5 kV to protect the circuitry from static voltages across the connectors and cables. The LXT9785/LXT9785E is a current driven transceiver that requires an external voltage (center tap) to drive the transmit signal. In order to support the Auto-MDIX functionality of the LXT9785/LXT9785E, the magnetic must provide a center tap for both the transmit and receive magnetic winding, with both connected to VCCT. See the LXT9785/LXT9785E Design and Layout Guide (249509-001) for magnetic testing with the LXT9785/LXT9785E. Before committing to a specific component, designers should contact the manufacturer for current product specifications, and validate the magnetics for the specific application. Table 51 provides the magnetics requirements. Table 51 Magnetics Requirements Parameter Min Nom Max Units Rx turns ratio - 1:1 - - Tx turns ratio - 1:1 - - Insertion loss 0.0 0.6 1.1 dB Primary inductance 350 - - H Transformer isolation - 2 - kV Differential to common mode rejection 40 - - dB .1 to 60 MHz Return Loss 5.2.5 Test Condition 35 - - dB 60 to 100 MHz -16 - - dB 30 MHz -10 - - dB 80 MHz The Fiber Interface The fiber interface consists of an LVPECL transmit and receive pair to an external fiber transceiver. Both 3.3 V fiber transceivers and 5 V fiber transceivers can be used with the LXT9785/LXT9785E. See the 100BASE-FX Fiber Optic Transceivers-Connecting a PECL/LVPECL Interface Application Note (document number 250781) for detailed information on fiber interface designs and recommendations for Cortina PHYs. The following should occur in 3.3 V fiber transceiver applications as shown in Figure 36: * The transmit pair should be AC-coupled with 2.5 V supplies and re-biased to 3.3 V LVPECL levels * The transmit pair should contain a balance offset in the pull-up resistors to prevent PHY-to-fiber transceiver crosstalk amplification in power-down, loopback, and reset states (see fiber interface application note) * The receive pair should be DC-coupled with an emitter current path for the fiber transceiver Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 187 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 5.3 Typical Application Circuits * The signal detect pin should be DC-coupled with an emitter current path for the fiber transceiver Refer to the fiber transceiver manufacturer's recommendations for termination circuitry. Figure 36 shows a typical example of an LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V fiber transceiver interface. The following occurs in 5 V fiber transceiver applications as shown in Figure 37: * The transmit pair should be AC-coupled and re-biased to 5 V PECL input levels * The transmit pair should contain a balance offset in the pull-up resistors to prevent PHY-to-fiber transceiver crosstalk amplification in power-down, loopback, and reset states (see fiber interface application note) * The receive pair should be AC-coupled with an emitter current path for the fiber transceiver and re-biased to 1.2 V * The signal detect pin on a 5 V fiber transceiver interface should use the logic translator circuitry as shown in Figure 38. Refer to the fiber transceiver manufacturer's recommendations for termination circuitry. Figure 37 shows a typical example of an LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V fiber transceiver interface, while Figure 38 shows the interface circuitry for the logic translator. 5.2.6 LED Circuit Each Direct Drive LED has a corresponding open-drain pin. The LEDs are connected through a current-limiting resistor to a positive-voltage rail. The LEDs are turned on when the output pin drives Low. The open-drain LED pins are 5 V tolerant, allowing use of either a 3.3 V or 5 V rail (a 2.5 V rail is unlikely to work with standard forward voltage LEDs). A 5 V rail eases LED component selection by allowing more common, high-forward voltage LEDs to be used. Refer to Figure 33 for a circuit illustration. Figure 33 LED Circuit VLED R LEDn_m Inside Outside IC IC VCCIO < VLED < 5 V + 5% 5.3 Typical Application Circuits Figure 34 through Figure 37 on page 192 show typical application circuits for the LXT9785/LXT9785E. Figure 38 on page 193 shows the interface circuitry for the logic translator. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 188 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 34 5.3 Typical Application Circuits Power and Ground Supply Connections SGND GNDR/GNDT 0.01F VCCR/VCCT 10F Analog Supply Plane LXT9785/9785E Ferrite Bead Digital Supply Plane VCCD + 10 F +2.5 V 0.01 F GNDD 0.01 F VCCIO + 2.5 V or +3.3 V VCCPECL +2. 5 V or +3.3 V 0.1 F GNDPECL Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 189 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Typical Twisted-Pair Interface TPFOP RJ-45 1:1 1 1 2 3 TPFON 50 50 4 TPFIP 50 1:1 LXT9785/9785E 5 6 50 2 50 50 To Twisted-Pair Network Figure 35 5.3 Typical Application Circuits 7 8 TPFIN .01F * = 0.001 F / 2.0 kV * = 0.001 F / 2.0 kV VCCT 0.1F .01F GNDA 1. The 100 transmit load termination resistor typically required is integrated in the LXT9785/LXT9785E. 2. The 100 receive load termination resistor typically required is integrated in the Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 190 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 36 5.3 Typical Application Circuits Recommended LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry +3.3V +2.5V F F F F k k F TD - TPFONn TPFOPn TD + F k k LXT9785(E) 3.3V Fiber Txcvr +3.3V To Fiber Network +2.5V SD SDn 1 TPFINn RD - TPFIPn RD + SD_2P5V GNDPECL 3.3V VCCPECL 1. Refer to the transceiver manufacturers' recommendations for termination circuitry. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 191 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 37 5.3 Typical Application Circuits Recommended LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface Circuitry +2.5V +5V +2.5V F F F F k k F TD - TPFONn F TD + k LXT9785(E) 2 k ON Semiconductor* MC100LVEL92 PECL-to-LVPECL Logic Translator SDn 5V Fiber Txcvr To Fiber Network TPFOPn SD +2.5V F F 1 F TPFINn RD - F RD + TPFIPn SD_2P5V GNDPECL 3.3V VCCPECL 1. Refer to the transceiver manufacturers' recommendations for termination circuitry. 2. See Figure 38 on page 193 for recommended logic translator interface circuitry. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 192 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 38 5.3 Typical Application Circuits ON Semiconductor Triple PECL-to-LVPECL Translator 5V 0.01 F 0.01 F 5V 3.3V ON Semiconductor* PECL Input Signal (5V Fiber Txcvr) 82 130 1 Vcc Vcc 20 2 Q0 __ Q0 19 3 D0 __ D0 4 VBB PECL LVCC 17 5 D1 __ D1 Q1 __ Q1 16 6 7 VBB PECL LVCC 14 8 Q2 __ Q2 13 9 D2 __ D2 10 GND Vcc 11 18 130 LVPECL Output Signal (LXT9785) 82 3.3V 15 12 0.01 F 3.3V 130 MC100LVEL92 82 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 193 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 6.0 6.0 Test Specifications Test Specifications Table 52 through Table 82 and Figure 39 through Figure 62 represent the target specifications of the LXT9785/LXT9785E. These specifications are not guaranteed and are subject to change without notice. Minimum and maximum values listed in Table 54 through Table 82 apply over the recommended operating conditions specified in Table 53. Table 52 Absolute Maximum Ratings Parameter Supply voltage Sym Min Max Units VCCIO, VCCPECL -0.3 4.0 V VCCA, VCCD -0.3 3.0 V TST -65 +150 C Storage temperature Caution: Table 53 Exceeding these values may cause permanent damage. Functional operation under these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Operating Conditions (Sheet 1 of 2) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 (2.5 VCCIO) Typ1 (3.3 VCCIO) Max Units Commercial Operating Temperature Ambient Topa 0 - - 70 C Case Topc 0 - - 108 C Extended Operating Temperature Ambient TOPA -40 85 C Case TOPC -40 123 C Vcca, Vccd 2.38 2.5 2.5 2.63 V VCCIO 2.38 2.5 3.3 3.46 V 3.14 N/A 3.3 3.46 V 2.38 2.5 N/A 2.63 V 810 mA 130 160 mA 410 mA 200 mA Analog & Digital Supply voltage2 I/O I/O (SD_2P5V = 0) I/O (SD_2P5V = 1) 100BASE-TX 100BASE-FX Operating Current - RMII3 10BASE-T Power-Down Mode Hardware Auto-Negotiation VCCPECL ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - 780 60 380 90 170 710 30 70 20 2 3 500 2 4 765 mA 90 mA 20 mA 4 mA 540 mA 4 mA 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Voltages with respect to ground unless otherwise specified. 3. Values are aggregated for all eight ports. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 194 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 53 6.0 Test Specifications Operating Conditions (Sheet 2 of 2) Parameter 100BASE-TX 100BASE-FX Operating Current - SMII3 10BASE-T Power-Down Mode Hardware Auto-Negotiation 100BASE-TX 100BASE-FX Operating Current SS-SMII3 10BASE-T Power-Down Mode Hardware Auto-Negotiation Sym Min ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - Icc - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - ICC - ICCIO - Typ1 (3.3 VCCIO) Typ1 (2.5 VCCIO) 800 70 830 mA mA 410 mA 170 200 mA 770 mA 110 130 mA 50 mA 5 mA 570 mA 30 mA 835 mA 200 mA 410 mA 200 mA 780 mA 380 740 60 50 3 5 520 20 30 800 90 170 380 90 170 740 90 150 30 3 5 530 50 Units 160 130 90 Max 70 180 mA 40 mA 5 mA 570 mA 80 mA 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Voltages with respect to ground unless otherwise specified. 3. Values are aggregated for all eight ports. Table 54 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Input Low voltage VIL - - 0.75 V - Input High voltage VIH 1.75 - - V - Input current Output Low voltage Output Low voltage (LEDm_n_L pins) Output High voltage II -100 - 100 A 0.0 < VI < VCC VOL - - 0.2 V IOL = 4 mA VOL-LED - - 0.5 V IOL = 10 mA VOH 2.07 - - V IOH = -4 mA 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 195 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 55 6.0 Test Specifications Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Input Low voltage VIL - - 0.8 V - Input High voltage VIH 2.0 - - V - II -100 - 100 A 0.0 < VI < VCC VOL - - 0.2 V IOL = 4 mA VOL-LED - - 0.5 V IOL = 10 mA VOH 2.4 - - V IOH = -4 mA Input current Output Low voltage Output Low voltage (LEDm_n_L pins) Output High voltage 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. Table 56 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics - SD Pins Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions 2.5 V Operation Input Low voltage VIL 0.69 0.8 1.03 V VCCPECL = 2.5 V Input High voltage VIH 1.34 1.6 1.62 V VCCPECL = 2.5 V 3.3 V Operation Input Low voltage VIL 1.49 1.6 1.83 V VCCPECL = 3.3 V Input High voltage VIH 2.14 2.4 2.42 V VCCPECL = 3.3 V 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. For 2.5 V operation, SD_2P5V = VCCPECL and VCCPECL=2.5 V. 3. For 3.3 V operation, SD_2P5V = GNDPECL or Floating and VCCPECL=3.3 V. Table 57 Required Clock Characteristics Parameter SMII Input frequency RMII Input frequency 1 Input clock frequency tolerance 1 Sym Min Typ2 Max Units Test Conditions f - 125 - MHz - f - 50 - MHz - f - - 50 ppm - Input clock duty cycle Tdc 35 50 65 % RMII selection Input clock duty cycle - REFCLK, TxCLK1 Tdc 40 50 60 % SMII/SS-SMII selection Output RxCLK duty cycle Tdc 45 50 55 % SS-SMII only 1. Parameter is guaranteed by design; not subject to production testing. 2. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 196 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 58 6.0 Test Specifications 100BASE-TX Transceiver Characteristics Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Peak differential output voltage VP 0.95 - 1.05 V Note 2 Signal amplitude symmetry Vss 98 - 102 % Note 2 Signal rise/fall time trf 3 - 5 ns Note 2 Rise/fall time symmetry trfs - - 0.5 ns Note 2 - - - +/- 0.5 ns Offset from 16 ns pulse width at 50% of pulse peak Overshoot VO - - 5 % - Jitter magnitude (measured differentially) ttx-jit - - 1.4 ns - Duty cycle distortion 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Measured at the line side of the transformer, line replaced by 100(+/-1%) resistor. Table 59 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics Parameter Sym Typ1 Min Max Units Test Conditions Transmitter Peak-to-peak differential output voltage Signal rise/fall time Jitter magnitude (measured differentially) VDIFFP-P 0.6 1.44 - V - trf - - 1.8 ns Note 2 ttx-jit - - 1.4 ns - Receiver Peak differential input voltage VIP 0.55 - - V - Common mode input range VCMIR - - VCC - 0.5 V - Input Low Voltage (SD pins) VIL VCC -1.84 VCC -1.63 V - Input High Voltage (SD Pins) VIH VCC -1.04 VCC -0.88 V - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. 20 - 80 percent into 100 equivalent load of a typical fiber transceiver. Table 60 10BASE-T Transceiver Characteristics (Sheet 1 of 2) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Transmitter Peak differential output voltage Link transmit period VOP 2.2 2.5 2.8 V Note 2 - 8 - 24 ms - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Parameter is guaranteed by design; not subject to production testing. 3. IEEE 802.3 specifies maximum jitter addition at 1.5 ns for the AUI cable, 0.5 ns from the encoder, and 3.5 ns from the MAU. 4. After line model specified by IEEE 802.3 for 10BASE-T MAU. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 197 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 60 6.0 Test Specifications 10BASE-T Transceiver Characteristics (Sheet 2 of 2) Parameter Jitter magnitude added by the MAU and PLS sections 3,4 Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions ttx-jit - - 11 ns - Receiver ZIN - 100 - W Between TPFIP and TPFIN Link min receive timer TLRmin 2 - 7 ms - Link max receive timer TLRmax 50 - 150 ms - VDS - 475 - mV Peak 5 MHz square wave input Receive input impedance3 Differential squelch threshold 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Parameter is guaranteed by design; not subject to production testing. 3. IEEE 802.3 specifies maximum jitter addition at 1.5 ns for the AUI cable, 0.5 ns from the encoder, and 3.5 ns from the MAU. 4. After line model specified by IEEE 802.3 for 10BASE-T MAU. Figure 39 SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing REFCLK t5 t6 SYNC t1 t2 RxData t3 t4 TPFI Table 61 SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters (Sheet 1 of 2) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units RxData output delay from REFCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - 5 ns RxData Rise/Fall Time t2 - 1.0 - ns Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted t3 - 21 29 BT2 Test Conditions Minimum CL = 5 pF Maximum CL = 20 pF - Synchronous sampling of SMII 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 198 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 61 6.0 Test Specifications SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters (Sheet 2 of 2) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-asserted t4 - 25 30 BT2 SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge t5 1.5 - - ns - SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge t6 1.0 - - ns - Synchronous sampling of SMII 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 40 SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing REFCLK t1 t2 SYNC t1 t2 TxData t3 TPFO Table 62 SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge and TxData setup to REFCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - - ns - SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge and TxData hold from REFCLK rising edge t2 1.0 - - ns - TxEN sampled to start of /J/ t3 - 11 18 BT2 - Parameter 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 199 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 41 6.0 Test Specifications SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing REFCLK t5 t6 SYNC t1 t2 RxData t3 t4 TPFI Table 63 SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions RxData output delay from REFCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - 5 ns Minimum CL = 5 pF Maximum CL = 20 pF RxData Rise/Fall Time t2 - 1 - ns - Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted t3 - 18 26 BT2 Synchronous sampling of SMII Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-asserted t4 - 23 27 BT2 Synchronous sampling of SMII SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge t5 1.5 - - ns - SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge t6 1.0 - - ns - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 42 SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing REFCLK t1 t2 SYNC t1 t2 TxData t3 TPFO Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 200 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 64 6.0 Test Specifications SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge and TxData setup to REFCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - - ns - SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge and TxData hold from REFCLK rising edge t2 1.0 - - ns - TxEN sampled to start of /J/ t3 - 10 17 BT2 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 43 SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing REFCLK t5 t6 SYNC t1 t2 RxData t3 t4 TPFI Table 65 SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters (Sheet 1 of 2) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units RxData output delay from REFCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - 5 ns RxData Rise/Fall Time t2 - 1 - ns Receive Start-of-Frame to CRS asserted t3 - 17 21 BT3 Test Conditions Minimum CL = 5 pF Maximum CL = 20 pF - Synchronous sampling of SMII2 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Assumes each SMII segment is sampled for CRS. 3. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 201 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 65 6.0 Test Specifications SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters (Sheet 2 of 2) Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Receive Start-of-Idle to CRS de-asserted t4 - 17 18 BT3 SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge t5 1.5 - - ns - SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge t6 1.0 - - ns - Synchronous sampling of SMII2 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Assumes each SMII segment is sampled for CRS. 3. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 44 SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing REFCLK t1 t2 SYNC t1 t2 TxData t3 TPFO Table 66 SMII-10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge and TxData setup to REFCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - - ns - SYNC hold to REFCLK rising edge and TxData hold from REFCLK rising edge t2 1.0 - - ns - TxEN sampled to start-of-frame t3 - 10 14 BT2 - Parameter 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 202 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 45 6.0 Test Specifications SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing REFCLK t1 RxCLK t2 RxSYNC t3 t3 t3 RxData t4 t5 TPFI Table 67 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions REFCLK rising edge to RxCLK rising edge t1 - 1.5 - ns - RxData/RxSYNC output delay from RxCLK rising edge t2 1.5 - 5 ns RxData/RxSYNC Rise/Fall time t3 - 1.0 - ns Minimum CL = 5pF Maximum CL = 40pF - 2 - - Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted t4 - 21 27 BT Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-asserted t5 - 25 30 BT2 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 46 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing TxCLK t1 t2 TxSYNC t1 t2 TxData t3 TPFO Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 203 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 68 6.0 Test Specifications SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions TxSYNC setup to TxCLK rising edge and TxData setup to TxCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - - ns - TxSYNC hold from TxCLK rising edge and TxData hold to TxCLK rising edge t2 1.0 - - ns - TxEN sampled to start of /J/ t3 - 11 18 BT2 - Parameter 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 47 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing REFCLK t1 RxCLK t2 RxSYNC t3 t3 t3 RxData t4 t5 TPFI Table 69 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 REFCLK rising edge to RxCLK rising edge t1 - 1.5 RxData/RxSYNC output delay from RxCLK rising edge t2 1.5 - Max 5 Units Test Conditions ns - ns Minimum CL = 5pF Maximum CL = 40pF RxData/RxSYNC Rise/Fall time t3 - 1 - ns - Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted t4 - 18 23 BT2 - Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-asserted t5 - 21 26 BT2 - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 204 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 48 6.0 Test Specifications SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing TxCLK t1 t2 TxSYNC t1 t2 TxData t3 TPFO Table 70 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions TxSYNC setup to TxCLK rising edge and TxData setup to TxCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - - ns - TxSYNC hold from TxCLK rising edge and TxData hold to TxCLK rising edge t2 1.0 - - ns - TxData to TPFO Latency t3 - 11 13 BT2 - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 49 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing REFCLK t1 RxCLK t2 RxSYNC t3 RxData t4 t5 TPFI Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 205 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 71 6.0 Test Specifications SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions REFCLK rising edge to RxCLK rising edge t1 - 1.5 - ns - RxData/RxSYNC output delay from RxCLK rising edge t2 1.5 - 5 ns RxData/RxSYNC Rise/Fall time t3 - 1 - ns - Receive Start-of-Frame to CRS asserted t4 - 10 11 BT3 Synchronous sampling of SMII2 Receive Start-of-Idle to CRS de-asserted t5 - 18 21 BT3 Synchronous sampling of SMII2 Minimum CL = 5pF Maximum CL = 40pF 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. Assumes each SMII segment is sampled for CRS. 3. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 50 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing TxCLK t1 t2 TxSYNC t1 t2 TxData t3 TPFO Table 72 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions TxSYNC setup to TxCLK rising edge and TxData setup to TxCLK rising edge t1 1.5 - - ns - TxSYNC hold to TxCLK rising edge and TxData hold from TxCLK rising edge t2 1.0 - - ns - TxData to TPFO Latency t3 - 10 14 BT2 - Parameter 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 206 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 51 6.0 Test Specifications RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing REFCLK t1 t2 RxData[1:0] TPFI t3 t4 CRS_DV Table 73 RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER setup to REFCLK rising edge3 t1 4 - 14 ns - RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER hold from REFCLK rising edge3 t2 2 - 14 ns - Receive start of /J/ to CRS_DV asserted t3 - 16 21 BT2 - 27 2 - Parameter Receive start of /T/ to CRS_DV de-asserted t4 - 20 BT 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). 3. Values and conditions from RMII Specification, Rev. 1.2. Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 52 RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing REFCLK t1 t2 TxData(1:0) TPFO t1 t3 t2 TxEN Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 207 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 74 6.0 Test Specifications RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions TxData<1:0>/TxEN setup to REFCLK rising edge t1 4 - - ns - TxData<1:0>/TxEN hold from REFCLK rising edge t2 2 - - ns - TxEN sampled to TPFO out (Tx latency) t3 - 12 17 BT2 - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 53 RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing REFCLK t1 t2 RxData[1:0] TPFI t3 t4 CRS_DV Table 75 RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER setup to REFCLK rising edge3 t1 4 - 14 ns - RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER hold from REFCLK rising edge3 t2 2 - 14 ns - Receive start of /J/ to CRS_DV asserted t3 - 14 18 BT2 - 25 2 - Receive start of /T/ to CRS_DV de-asserted t4 - 18 BT 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). 3. Values and conditions from RMII Specification, Rev. 1.2. Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 208 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 54 6.0 Test Specifications RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing REFCLK t1 t2 TxData(1:0) TPFO t1 t3 t2 TxEN Table 76 RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions TxData<1:0>/TxEN setup to REFCLK rising edge t1 4 - - ns - TxData<1:0>/TX-EN hold from REFCLK rising edge t2 2 - - ns - TxEN sampled to TPFO out (Tx latency) t3 - 10 12 BT2 - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 55 RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing REFCLK t1 t2 RxData[1:0] TPFI t3 t4 CRS_DV Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 209 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 77 6.0 Test Specifications RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV setup to REFCLK rising edge3 t1 4 - 14 ns - RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV hold from REFCLK rising edge3 t2 2 - 14 ns - TPFI in to CRS_DV asserted t3 1.5 3 4 BT2 - 2 - Parameter TPFI quiet to CRS_DV de-asserted t4 12 15 16 BT 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). 3. Values and conditions from RMII Specification, Rev. 1.2. Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Figure 56 RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing REFCLK t1 t2 TxData(1:0) TPFO t1 t3 t2 TxEN Table 78 RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions TxData<1:0>/TxEN setup to REFCLK rising edge t1 4 - - ns - TxData<1:0>/TxEN hold from REFCLK rising edge t2 2 - - ns - TxEN sampled to TPFO out (Tx latency) t3 - 8.5 14 BT2 - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. "BT" signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using 100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX). Note: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 210 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 57 6.0 Test Specifications Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Clock Pulse Data Pulse Clock Pulse TPFOP t1 t1 t2 Figure 58 t3 Fast Link Pulse Timing FLP Burst FLP Burst TPFOP t4 t5 Table 79 Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions Clock/Data pulse width t1 - 100 - ns - Clock pulse to Data pulse t2 55.5 - 69.5 s - Clock pulse to Clock pulse t3 111 - 139 s - FLP burst width t4 - 2 - ms - FLP burst to FLP burst t5 8 - 24 ms - Clock/Data pulses per burst - 17 - 33 ea - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 211 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 59 6.0 Test Specifications MDIO Write Timing (MDIO Sourced by MAC) MDC t2 t1 MDIO Figure 60 MDIO Read Timing (MDIO Sourced by PHY) MDC t3 MDIO Table 80 MDIO Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions MDIO setup before MDC, sourced by STA t1 10 - - ns - MDIO hold after MDC, sourced by STA t2 10 - - ns - MDC to MDIO output delay, sourced by PHY t3 0 - 40 ns - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 212 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 61 6.0 Test Specifications Power-Up Timing v1 VCC tPDR MDIO,etc Table 81 Power-Up Timing Parameters Parameter Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions v1 2.1 - - V - tPDR 100 - - ms - tSPDR 20 - - ms - Voltage Threshold Power-up recovery time 2 Software power-down 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. 2. The minimum time required between bringing up consecutive ports powered down by Register bit 0.11, or a software or hardware reset. Figure 62 RESET_L Recovery Timing tPW RESET tRcdly MDIO,etc Table 82 RESET_L Recovery Timing Parameters Parameter Reset pulse width Reset recovery delay Sym Min Typ1 Max Units Test Conditions tPW 10 - - ns - tRcdly 0.4 - - ms - 1. Typical values are at 25 C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production testing. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 213 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 7.0 7.0 Register Definitions Register Definitions The LXT9785/LXT9785E register set includes multiple 16-bit registers and 18 registers per port. Table 83 presents a complete register listing. Table 84, Control Register (Address 0), on page 215 through Table 101, Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D), on page 231 define individual registers and Table 102, Register Bit Map, on page 232 provides a consolidated memory map of all registers. Base registers (0 through 8) are defined in accordance with the "Reconciliation Sublayer and Media Independent Interface" and "Physical Layer Link Signaling for 10/100 Mbps Auto-Negotiation" sections of the IEEE 802.3 standard. Additional registers (16 through 21, 25, 27, and 29) are defined in accordance with the IEEE 802.3 standard for adding unique device functions. The BGA15 package on some registers has different default values. Some LXT9785/LXT9785E features are not available on the BGA15 package. These differences are called out in the register description and in the table notes in individual register tables. Table 83 Register Set (Sheet 1 of 2) Address Register Name Bit Assignments 0 Control Register (Address 0) Refer to Table 84 on page 215 1 Status Register (Address 1) Refer to Table 85 on page 216 2 PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2) Refer to Table 86 on page 217 3 PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3) Refer to Table 87 on page 217 4 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4) Refer to Table 88 on page 218 5 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5) Refer to Table 89 on page 219 6 Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6) Refer to Table 90 on page 220 7 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7) Refer to Table 91 on page 220 8 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8) Refer to Table 92 on page 221 9 1000BASE-T/100BASE-T2 Control Not Implemented 10 1000BASE-T/100BASE-T2 Status Not Implemented 15 Extended Status Not Implemented 16 Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10) Refer to Table 93 on page 222 17 Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11) Refer to Table 94 on page 223 18 Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12) Refer to Table 95 on page 224 19 Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13) Refer to Table 96 on page 225 20 LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14) Refer to Table 97 on page 226 21 Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15) Refer to Table 98 on page 228 Reserved N/A 25 RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19) Refer to Table 99 on page 228 26 Reserved N/A 27 Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B) Refer to Table 100 on page 229 22-24 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 214 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 83 7.0 Register Definitions Register Set (Sheet 2 of 2) Address Bit Assignments 28 Reserved N/A 29 Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D) Refer to Table 101 on page 231 Reserved N/A 30 - 31 Table 84 Register Name Control Register (Address 0) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit Name Description 15 RESET_L 0 = Normal operation 1 = PHY reset Type1 R/W SC Default 02 0 = Disable loopback mode 1 = Enable loopback mode 146 Loopback Not recommended to enable auto-negotiation while in internal loopback operation. 0.6 13 Speed Selection 12 Auto-Negotiation Enable 11 Power-Down 10 Isolate 9 8 Restart Auto-Negotiation Duplex Mode 1 1 0 0 R/W 0 R/W LSHR3,4 R/W LSHR3,4 R/W LSHR3,5 R/W 0 0.13 1 = Reserved 0 = 1000 Mbps (not allowed) 1 = 100 Mbps 0 = 10 Mbps 0 = Disable auto-negotiation process 1 = Enable auto-negotiation process 0 = Normal operation 1 = Power-down 0 = Normal operation 1 = Electrically isolate PHY from RMII/SMII/SS-SMII interfaces 0 = Normal operation 1 = Restart auto-negotiation process 0 = Half-duplex 1 = Full-duplex R/W SC R/W 0 LSHR3,4 1. R/W = Read/Write, SC = Self Clearing when operation complete. 2. During a hardware reset, all LHR information is latched in from the pins. During a software reset (0.15), the LSHR information is not re-read from the pins. This information reverts back to the information that was read in during the hardware reset. During a hardware rest, register information is unavailable from 1 ms after de-assertion of the reset. During a software reset (0.15) the registers are available for reading. The reset bit should be polled to see when the part has completed reset. 3. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 4. Default value of Register bits 0.12, 0.13, and 0.8 are determined by the CFG pins as described in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152. 5. Default value of Register bit 0.11 is determined by the LINKHOLD configuration pin. 6. Link Status is reported in 10 Mbps mode as down and in 100 Mbps mode as up in loopback mode. Register bits 17.12 (Receive Status/Link Change) and 17.13 (Transmit Status) are not updated in 10 Mbps loopback mode. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 215 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 84 7.0 Register Definitions Control Register (Address 0) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Name Description Type1 Default R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 000000 This bit is ignored by the LXT9785/LXT9785E 7 Collision Test 6 Speed Selection 1000 Mbps 0 = Disable COL signal test 1 = Enable COL signal test 0.6 5:0 Reserved 1 1 0 0 0.13 1 = Reserved 0 = 1000 Mbps (not allowed) 1 = 100 Mbps 0 = 10 Mbps Write as 0, ignore on Read 1. R/W = Read/Write, SC = Self Clearing when operation complete. 2. During a hardware reset, all LHR information is latched in from the pins. During a software reset (0.15), the LSHR information is not re-read from the pins. This information reverts back to the information that was read in during the hardware reset. During a hardware rest, register information is unavailable from 1 ms after de-assertion of the reset. During a software reset (0.15) the registers are available for reading. The reset bit should be polled to see when the part has completed reset. 3. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 4. Default value of Register bits 0.12, 0.13, and 0.8 are determined by the CFG pins as described in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152. 5. Default value of Register bit 0.11 is determined by the LINKHOLD configuration pin. 6. Link Status is reported in 10 Mbps mode as down and in 100 Mbps mode as up in loopback mode. Register bits 17.12 (Receive Status/Link Change) and 17.13 (Transmit Status) are not updated in 10 Mbps loopback mode. Table 85 Status Register (Address 1) (Sheet 1 of 2) Type1,2 Default 0 = PHY not able to perform 100BASE-T4 1 = PHY able to perform 100BASE-T4 R 0 100BASE-X Full-Duplex 0 = PHY not able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-X 1 = PHY able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-X R 1 13 100BASE-X Half-Duplex 0 = PHY not able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-X 1 = PHY able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-X R 1 12 10 Mbps Full-Duplex 0 = PHY not able to operate at 10 Mbps in full-duplex mode 1 = PHY able to operate at 10 Mbps in full-duplex mode R 1 11 10 Mbps Half-Duplex 0 = PHY not able to operate at 10 Mbps in half-duplex 1 = PHY able to operate at 10 Mbps in half-duplex mode R 1 10 100BASE-T2 Full-Duplex 0 = PHY not able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-T2 1 = PHY able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-T2 R 0 9 100BASE-T2 Half-Duplex 0 = PHY not able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-T2 1 = PHY able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-T2 R 0 8 Extended Status 0 = No extended status information in Register 15 1 = Extended status information in Register 15 R 0 7 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R 0 6 MF Preamble Suppression 0 = PHY will not accept management frames with preamble suppressed 1 = PHY accepts management frames with preamble suppressed R 0 Bit Name Description 15 100BASE-T4 14 1. R = Read Only 2. Bits that Latch High (LH) or Latch Low (LL) automatically clear when read. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 216 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 85 7.0 Register Definitions Status Register (Address 1) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Type1,2 Default R 0 R/LL 0 R 1 0 = Link is down 1 = Link is up R/LL 0 Jabber Detect 0 = Jabber condition not detected 1 = Jabber condition detected R/LH 0 Extended Capability 0 = Basic register capabilities 1 = Extended register capabilities R 1 Name Description 5 Auto-Negotiation complete 0 = Auto-negotiation not complete 1 = Auto-negotiation complete 4 Remote Fault 0 = No remote fault condition detected 1 = Remote fault condition detected 3 Auto-Negotiation Ability 0 = PHY is not able to perform auto-negotiation 1 = PHY is able to perform auto-negotiation 2 Link Status 1 0 1. R = Read Only 2. Bits that Latch High (LH) or Latch Low (LL) automatically clear when read. Table 86 PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2) Bit 15:0 Name Description PHY ID Number The PHY identifier composed of bits 3 through 18 of the OUI Type1 Default R 0013 hex Type1 Default 1. R = Read Only Table 87 PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3) Bit Name Description 15:10 PHY ID Number The PHY identifier composed of bits 19 through 24 of the OUI R 011110 9:4 Manufacturer's Model Number 6 bits containing manufacturer's part number R 001111 3:1 Manufacturer's Revision Number 3 bits containing manufacturer's revision number R XXX2 0 Model Variant 0 = LXT9785 1 = LXT9785/LXT9785E R X2 1. R = Read Only 2. Refer to the Identification Information section in the Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785/LXT9785E Specification Update. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 217 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 63 7.0 Register Definitions PHY Identifier Bit Mapping a b r c s x 18 19 24 Organizationally Unique Identifier 1 2 3 0 0 1 3 15 I/G 0 10 15 PHY ID Register #1 (Address 2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 0 1 0 1 2 B 1 1 1 1 0 X X X X X 3 0 20 X X X X 1 0 7 5 00 X f 0 9 PHY ID Register #2 (Address 3) 7B The Cortina OUI is 00207B hex. 0 Manufacturer's Model Number 3 Revision Number Model Variant Table 88 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit Name Type1 Default R/W 0 R 0 0 = No remote fault 1 = Remote fault R/W 0 Write as 0, ignore on Read R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W LSHR2,3 R/W 0 Description 0 = Port has no ability to send manual next pages 1 = Port has ability to send manual next pages 15 Next Page Note: This bit should only be set to manually control the auto-negotiation process. It is not needed and should be cleared for DTE Discovery. 14 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read 136 Remote Fault 12 Reserved 11 Asymmetric Pause 10 5 Pause Pause operation defined in Clause 40 and 27 0 = Port is not Pause capable 1 = Port can only send Pause 0 = Pause operation disabled 1 = Port can send and receive Pause Note: Default for the BGA15 package is 0. 0 = 100BASE-T4 capability is not available 1 = 100BASE-T4 capability is available 9 100BASE-T4 (The LXT9785/LXT9785E does not support 100BASE-T4 but allows this bit to be set to advertise in the auto-negotiation sequence for 100BASE-T4 operation. An external 100BASE-T4 transceiver could be switched in if this capability is desired.) 1. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only 2. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 3. The default setting of Register bit 4.10 is determined by the PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not have a Pause hardware configuration pin and has a default of 0. 4. Default settings for bits 4.5:8 are determined by CFG pins as described in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152. 5. Pause operation is only valid for full-duplex modes. 6. If Register bit 4.13 is set to advertise a fault, Register bit 1.4 will be set. Register bit 4.13 is set or cleared only through the MDC/MDIO interface and is not cleared upon completion of auto-negotiation. Note: Restart the auto-negotiation process whenever Register 4 is written/modified. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 218 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 88 7.0 Register Definitions Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Type1 Default 0 = Port is not 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable. 1 = Port is 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable R/W LSHR2,4 0 = Port is not 100BASE-TX half-duplex capable 1 = Port is 100BASE-TX half-duplex capable R/W LSHR2,4 10BASE-T Full-Duplex 0 = Port is not 10BASE-T full-duplex capable 1 = Port is 10BASE-T full-duplex capable R/W LSHR2,4 10BASE-T Half-Duplex 0 = Port is not 10BASE-T half-duplex capable 1 = Port is 10BASE-T half-duplex capable R/W LSHR2,4 <00001> = IEEE 802.3 <00010> = IEEE 802.9 ISLAN-16T <00000> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development <11111> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development Unspecified or reserved combinations should not be transmitted R/W 00001 Name Description 8 100BASE-TX Full-Duplex 7 100BASE-TX Half-Duplex 6 5 4:0 Selector Field, S<4:0> 1. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only 2. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 3. The default setting of Register bit 4.10 is determined by the PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not have a Pause hardware configuration pin and has a default of 0. 4. Default settings for bits 4.5:8 are determined by CFG pins as described in Table 42, Global Hardware Configuration Settings, on page 152. 5. Pause operation is only valid for full-duplex modes. 6. If Register bit 4.13 is set to advertise a fault, Register bit 1.4 will be set. Register bit 4.13 is set or cleared only through the MDC/MDIO interface and is not cleared upon completion of auto-negotiation. Note: Restart the auto-negotiation process whenever Register 4 is written/modified. Table 89 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5) (Sheet 1 of 2) Type1 Default2 0 = Link partner has no ability to send multiple pages 1 = Link partner has ability to send multiple pages R 0 Acknowledge 0 = Link partner has not received Link Code Word from the the LXT9785/LXT9785E 1 = Link partner has received Link Code Word from the LXT9785/LXT9785E. R 0 13 Remote Fault 0 = No remote fault 1 = Remote fault R 0 12 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R 0 11 Asymmetric Pause R 0 10 Pause 0 = Link partner is not Pause capable 1 = Link partner can send and receive Pause R 0 9 100BASE-T4 0 = Link partner is not 100BASE-T4 capable 1 = Link partner is 100BASE-T4 capable R 0 8 100BASE-TX Full-Duplex 0 = Link partner is not 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable 1 = Link partner is 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable R 0 7 100BASE-TX 0 = Link partner is not 100BASE-TX capable 1 = Link partner is 100BASE-TX capable R 0 Bit Name Description 15 Next Page 14 Pause operation defined in Clause 40 and 27 0 = Link partner is not Pause capable 1 = Link partner can only send Pause 1. R = Read Only 2. Default value at the start of auto-negotiation code word transmission. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 219 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 89 7.0 Register Definitions Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit 6 5 4:0 Type1 Default2 0 = Link partner is not 10BASE-T full-duplex capable 1 = Link partner is 10BASE-T full-duplex capable R 0 10BASE-T 0 = Link partner is not 10BASE-T capable 1 = Link partner is 10BASE-T capable R 0 Selector Field S<4:0> <00001> = IEEE 802.3 <00010> = IEEE 802.9 ISLAN-16T <00000> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development <11111> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development Unspecified or reserved combinations shall not be transmitted R 00000 Name Description 10BASE-T Full-Duplex 1. R = Read Only 2. Default value at the start of auto-negotiation code word transmission. Table 90 Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6) Type1 Default Write as 0, ignore on Read R 0x000 Parallel Detection Fault 0 = Parallel detection fault has not occurred 1 = Parallel detection fault has occurred R/ LH 0 3 Link Partner Next Page Able 0 = Link partner is not next page able 1 = Link partner is next page able R 0 2 Next Page Able 0 = Local device is not next page able 1 = Local device is next page able R 1 R/ LH 0 R 0 Bit Name Description Reserved 4 15:5 Indicates that a new page has been received and the received code word has been loaded into Register 5 or Register 8 as specified in clause 28 of 802.3. 1 Page Received 0 = Three identical and consecutive link code words have not been received from link partner 1 = Three identical and consecutive link code words have been received from link partner 0 Link Partner A/N Able 0 = Link partner is not auto-negotiation able 1 = Link partner is auto-negotiation able 1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read Table 91 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit 15 14 13 Name Description Next Page (NP) 0 = Last page 1 = Additional next pages follow Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read. Message Page 0 = Unformatted page 1 = Message page (MP) Type1 Default R/W 0 R 0 R/W 1 1. R/W = Read Write, R = Read Only Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 220 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 91 7.0 Register Definitions Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit 12 11 10:0 Name Description Acknowledge 2 0 = Cannot comply with message 1 = Complies with message (ACK2) Toggle (T) Message/Unfor matted Code Field 0 = Previous value of the transmitted link code word equalled logic one 1 = Previous value of the transmitted link code word equalled logic zero MP = 0: Code interpreted as "unformatted page" MP = 1: Code interpreted as "message page" Type1 Default R/W 0 R 0 R/W 0000000 0001 1. R/W = Read Write, R = Read Only Table 92 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8) Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10:0 Type1 Default2 0 = Link partner has no additional next pages to send 1 = Link partner has additional next pages to send R 0 0 = Link partner has not received Link Code Word from the LXT9785/LXT9785E 1 = Link partner has received Link Code Word from the LXT9785/LXT9785E R 0 0 = Page sent by the link partner is an unformatted page 1 = Page sent by the link partner is a message page R 0 0 = Link partner cannot comply with the message 1 = Link partner complies with the message R 0 0 = Previous value of the transmitted Link Code Word equalled logic one 1 = Previous value of the transmitted Link Code Word equalled logic zero R 0 MP = 1: Code interpreted as message page MP = 0: Code interpreted as unformatted page R 0x000 Name Description Next Page (NP) Acknowledge (ACK) Message Page (MP) Acknowledge 2 (ACK2) Toggle (T) Message/Unform atted Code Field 1. R = Read Only 2. Default value at the start of auto-negotiation code word transmission. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 221 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 93 7.0 Register Definitions Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10) Bit Name Description 15 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read Type 1 Default R/W 0 R/W 0 0 = Normal operation 1 = Force link pass (sets appropriate registers and LEDs to pass) 14 Link Disable 13 Transmit Disable 0 = Normal operation 1 = Disable twisted-pair transmitter R/W 0 12 Bypass Scramble (100BASE-TX) 0 = Normal operation 1 = Bypass scrambler and descrambler R/W 0 11 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R/W 0 10 Jabber (10BASE-T) 0 = Normal operation 1 = Jabber function is enabled; however, jabber status reporting to Register bit 1.1 is disabled R/W 0 9 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read. R/W 0 8 TP Loopback (10BASE-T) 0 = Normal operation 1 = Disable twisted-pair loopback during half-duplex operation R/W 1 R/W 1 Note: Setting this bit in 100 Mbps mode by-passes the descrambler lock requirement to establish link and forces the link to the link-good state. Setting this bit produces unreliable results if the descrambler is not locked, Note: Valid function in SMII and S-SMII modes only. 7 Reserved Write as 1, ignore on Read 6 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read 10 Mbps 0 = No preamble (default) 1 = Preamble enabled Note: Default for BGA15 package is 0. 100 Mbps No effect R/W 0 LSHR2,4 5 Preamble Enable 4 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R/W 0 3 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R/W 0 2 Far End Fault Transmission Enable 0 = Disable Far End Fault transmission 1 = Enable Far End Fault transmission R/W 1 Invalid for BGA15 Write as '0', ignore on Read (BGA15). Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read. R/W 0 Fiber Select5 0 = Select twisted-pair mode for this port 1 = Select fiber mode for this port Reserved for BGA15 Write as '0', ignore on Read (BGA15). Note: Default for BGA15 is 0. R/W LSHR2,3 1 0 R/W N/A 1. R/W = Read/Write 2. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 3. The default value of Register bit 16.0 is determined by the G_FX/TP_L pin. If G_FX/TP_L is tied Low, the default value of Register bit 16.0 = 0. If G_FX/TP_L is not tied Low, the default value of Register bit 16.0 = 1. The BGA15 package does not have a G_FX/TP_L hardware configuration pin. 4. The default value of Register bit 16.5 is determined by the PREASEL pin. The BGA15 package does not have a PREASEL hardware configuration pin and has a default of 0. 5. The BGA15 package does not support fiber. Default for the BGA15 package is 0. 6. NA means the bits do not have a default value and may initially contain any value. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 222 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 94 7.0 Register Definitions Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11) (Sheet 1 of 2) Default Name Description 15 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R 0 10/100 Mode 0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is operating in 10 Mbps mode 1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is operating in 100 Mbps mode R 0 14 Note: Type 1 Bit 2 The status is valid for TX and FX operation. 13 Transmit Status 0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is not transmitting a packet 1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is transmitting a packet R LH 0 12 Receive Status/ Link Change 0 = No change in link or received frame since last read. 1 = Change in the link (link up or link down) or a reception of a frame. R LH 0 R LH 0 0 = A collision is not occurring 1 = A collision is occurring 11 Collision Status Note: This bit is set when jabber is detected, regardless of duplex. Status is valid only when link is up. 10 Link 0 = Link is down 1 = Link is up R 0 9 Duplex Mode 0 = Half-duplex 1 = Full-duplex R 0 8 Auto-Negotiation R Note 3 0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is in manual mode 1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is in auto-negotiation mode This signal is based upon Register bit 0.12. 7 Auto-Negotiation Complete 0 = Auto-negotiation process is not complete 1 = Auto-negotiation process is complete R 0 6 FIFO Error 0 = No FIFO error occurred 1 = FIFO error occurred (overflow or underflow) R LH 0 R 0 0 = Polarity is not reversed 1 = Polarity is reversed 5 Polarity Note: During 100 Mbps operation, this bit is not valid and may vary. Auto MDIX activity may increase the variability. 1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read. 2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that time. Cortina recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset. 3. The default value is determined by the default value of Register bit 0.12. 4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 5. Default values are set by the hardware configuration PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not have a Pause hardware configuration pin. The default for the BGA15 package is 0. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 223 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 94 7.0 Register Definitions Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Name Description Type 1 Default 2 0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is not Pause capable 1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is pause capable 4 Pause Note: Note: 3 Error 2:0 Reserved LSHR4,5 R 0 R 0 This bit is not affected by Register bit 4.10. The default for the BGA15 package is 0. 0 = No error occurred 1 = Error Occurred (remote fault, RxERCntFUL, FIFO error, jabber, parallel detect fault) Note: R The register is cleared when the registers that generated the error condition are read. Write as 0, ignore on Read. 1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read. 2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that time. Cortina recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset. 3. The default value is determined by the default value of Register bit 0.12. 4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 5. Default values are set by the hardware configuration PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not have a Pause hardware configuration pin. The default for the BGA15 package is 0. Table 95 Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit 15:142 Name Description RxFIFO Initial Fill 00 = Reserved 01 = Low, 16 bits 10 = Normal, 32 bits (default) 11 = Jumbo packets, 128 bits Type 1 Default R/W LSHR4,5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0000 R/W 0 When Register bit 16.5 = 1, preamble is not suppressed. SFD Frame Alignment3 13 10 Mbps When Register bit 16.5 = 0, SFD is always aligned, and preamble is suppressed. (RxDV asserts with CRS when enabled) 100 Mbps 12:9 Reserved 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled When enabled, all but one byte of preamble is suppressed. Write as 0, ignore on Read Mask for Counter Full 8 CNTRMSK 0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt 1 = Enable event to cause interrupt 1. R/W = Read/Write 2. In 10 Mbps operation, Register bit 18.13 = 1 cannot be used when Register bits 18.15:14 = "11" and in RMII mode, Registers bits 18.15:14 = "11" or "10" cannot be used because the minimum Inter Gap Packet becomes less than specified in the *IEEE 802.3 specification. 3. SFD Frame Alignment is applicable to SMII and SS-SMII only. 4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset 5. Default values are set by hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL1 and FIFOSEL0 (see Table 17, Receive FIFO Depth Considerations, on page 57). Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 224 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 95 7.0 Register Definitions Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Name Description Type 1 Default R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Mask for Auto-Negotiate Complete 7 ANMSK 6 SPEEDMSK 5 DUPLEXMSK 4 LINKMSK 3 ISOLMSK 0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt 1 = Enable event to cause interrupt R/W 0 2 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R/W 0 1 INTEN 0 = Disable interrupts on this port 1 = Enable interrupts on this port R/W 0 0 TINT 0 = Normal operation 1 = Test force interrupt on MDINT_L R/W 0 0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt 1 = Enable event to cause interrupt Mask for Speed Interrupt 0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt 1 = Enable event to cause interrupt Mask for Duplex Interrupt 0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt 1 = Enable event to cause interrupt Mask for Link Status Interrupt 0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt 1 = Enable event to cause interrupt Mask for Isolate Interrupt 1. R/W = Read/Write 2. In 10 Mbps operation, Register bit 18.13 = 1 cannot be used when Register bits 18.15:14 = "11" and in RMII mode, Registers bits 18.15:14 = "11" or "10" cannot be used because the minimum Inter Gap Packet becomes less than specified in the *IEEE 802.3 specification. 3. SFD Frame Alignment is applicable to SMII and SS-SMII only. 4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset 5. Default values are set by hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL1 and FIFOSEL0 (see Table 17, Receive FIFO Depth Considerations, on page 57). Table 96 Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit 15:9 Name Description Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read Type 1 Default2 R 0 R/LH 0 R/LH N/A R/LH 0 RxER Counter Full Status. 8 RxERCntFUL 7 ANDONE 0 = The internal counters have not reached maximum values 1 = One of the internal counters has reached its maximum value Auto-Negotiation Status. 0 = Auto-negotiation has not completed 1 = Auto-negotiation has completed Speed Change Status. 6 SPEEDCHG 0 = A speed change has not occurred since last reading this register 1 = A speed change has occurred since last reading this register 1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read 2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that time. Cortina recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 225 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 96 7.0 Register Definitions Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Name Description Type 1 Default2 R/LH 0 R/LH 0 R/LH 0 R/LH 0 R 0 Duplex Change Status. 5 DUPLEXCHG 0 = A duplex change has not occurred since last reading this register 1 = A duplex change has occurred since last reading this register Link Status Change Status. 4 LINKCHG 0 = A link change has not occurred since last reading this register 1 = A link change has occurred since last reading this register MII Isolate Change Status. 0 = An Isolate change has not occurred since last reading this register 1 = An Isolate change has occurred since last reading this register 3 Isolate 2 MDINT 0 = Interrupt not pending 1 = Interrupt pending Reserved Reserved 1:0 1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read 2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that time. Cortina recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset. Table 97 LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit Name LED1 15:12 Programming bits Description 0000 =Display Speed Status (Continuous, Default) 0001 =Display Transmit Status (Stretched) 0010 =Display Receive Status/Link Change (Stretched) 0011 = Display Collision Status (Stretched) 0100 =Display Link Status (Continuous) 0101 =Display Duplex Status (Continuous) 0110 = Display Isolate Status (Continuous) 0111 = Display Receive or Transmit Activity (Stretched) 1000 =est mode- turn LED on (Continuous) 1001 =Test mode- turn LED off (Continuous) 1010 =Test mode- blink LED fast (Continuous) 1011 = Test mode- blink LED slow (Continuous) 1100 = Display Link and Receive Status combined2 (Stretched)3 1101 = Display Link and Activity Status/Link Change combined2 (Stretched)3 1110 = Display Duplex and Collision Status combined4 (Stretched)3 1111 = Display Link and RxER Status combined2 (Blink) Type1 Default R/W 0000 1. R/W = Read/Write 2. Link status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is up. The secondary LED driver (Receive, Activity, or Error) causes the LED to change state (blink). 3. Combined event LED settings are not affected by Pulse Stretch Register bit 20.1. These display settings are stretched regardless of the value of 20.1. 4. Duplex status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is full-duplex. Collision status is the secondary LED driver. The LED changes state (blinks) when a collision occurs. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 226 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 97 7.0 Register Definitions LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Name LED2 11:8 Programming bits LED3 7:4 3:2 1 0 Programming bits LEDFREQ PULSE-STRE TCH Reserved Type1 Default 0000 =Display Speed Status 0001 =Display Transmit Status 0010 =Display Receive Status/Link Change 0011 = Display Collision Status 0100 =Display Link Status 0101 =Display Duplex Status 0110 = Display Isolate Status 0111 = Display Receive or Transmit Activity 1000 =Test mode- turn LED on 1001 =Test mode- turn LED off 1010 =Test mode- blink LED fast 1011 = Test mode- blink LED slow 1100 = Display Link and Receive Status/Link Change combined2 (Stretched)3 1101 = Display Link and Activity Status combined2 (Default) (Stretched)3 1110 = Display Duplex and Collision Status combined4 (Stretched)3 1111 = Display Link and RxER Status combined 2 (Blink) R/W 1101 0000 =Display Speed Status 0001 =Display Transmit Status 0010 =Display Receive Status/Link Change 0011 = Display Collision Status 0100 =Display Link Status 0101 =Display Duplex Status 0110 = Display Isolate Status 0111 = Display Receive or Transmit Activity 1000 =Test mode- turn LED on 1001 =Test mode- turn LED off 1010 =Test mode- blink LED fast 1011 = Test mode- blink LED slow 1100 = Display Link and Receive Status/Link Change combined2 (Stretched)3 1101 = Display Link and Activity Status combined2 (Stretched)3 1110 = Display Duplex and Collision Status combined4 (Default) (Blink)3 1111 = Display Link and RxER Status combined 2 (Blink) R/W 1110 00 = Stretch LED events to 30 ms 01 = Stretch LED events to 60 ms 10 = Stretch LED events to 100 ms 11 = Reserved R/W 00 R/W 1 R/W 0 Description 0 = Disable pulse stretching of all LEDs3 1 = Enable pulse stretching of all LEDs Note: Receive activity LEDs are initially active based upon carrier sense. Write as 0, ignore on Read 1. R/W = Read/Write 2. Link status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is up. The secondary LED driver (Receive, Activity, or Error) causes the LED to change state (blink). 3. Combined event LED settings are not affected by Pulse Stretch Register bit 20.1. These display settings are stretched regardless of the value of 20.1. 4. Duplex status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is full-duplex. Collision status is the secondary LED driver. The LED changes state (blinks) when a collision occurs. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 227 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 98 7.0 Register Definitions Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15) Bit 15:0 Type1 Name Description Receive Error Count A 16-bit counter value indicating the number of times a receive packet with errors occurred. Only one event gets counted per packet. When maximum count is reached, the 16-bit counter remains full until cleared. R/ LH Default 0x0000 1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read Note: Cortina recommends reading this register once every time link is established to clear the register. Table 99 RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19) Bit Name Description Type1 Default R/W 0x0000 BGA15 15:0 Reserved for BGA15 Write as 0, ignore on Read. PQFP and BGA23 15:7 6:4 3:1 0 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read R/W 0x000 BIT1 These three bits select which status information is available on the RxData(1) bit of the RMII bus. 000 =Link 001 =Speed 010 =Duplex 011 = Auto-negotiation complete 100 =Polarity reversed 101 =Jabber detected 110 = Interrupt pending 111 = Reserved R/W 000 BIT0 These three bits select which status information is available on the RxData(0) bit of the RMII bus. 000 =Link 001 =Speed 010 =Duplex 011 = Auto-negotiation complete 100 =Polarity reversed 101 =Jabber detected 110 = Interrupt pending 111 = Reserved R/W 000 R/W 0 PROGRMII 0 = Disable Out-of-Band signaling. 1 = Enable programmable RMII Out-of-Band signaling. When enabled, Register bits 6:1 specify which status bits are available on the RMII RxData data bus. Note: Out-of-Band signaling is disabled when the Isolate mode is enabled by setting Register bit 0.10. 1. R/W = Read/Write Note: The BGA15 package does not support RMII operation. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 228 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 100 7.0 Register Definitions Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B) (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit Type5 Default Write as 0, ignore on Read R N/A Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read. R/W 0 Per-Port Rise Time Control 00 = 3.3 ns 01 = 3.6 ns 10 = 3.9 ns 11 = 4.2 ns R/W LSHR1,2 R/W LSHR1,3 R/W LSHR1,4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R 0 R, LH 0 Name Description 15:13 Reserved 12 11:10 Note: 9 AMDIX_EN Values represent nominal load conditions. 0 = Disable auto MDI/MDIX 1 = Enable auto MDI/MDIX 0 = MDI, transmit on pair A (TPFINn/TPFIPn) and receive on pair B (TPFONn/TPFOPn) 1 = MDIX transmit on pair B (TPFONn/TPFOPn) and receive on pair A (TPFINn/TPFIPn) 8 MDIX Note: Note: 7 Analog Loopback Manual MDI/MDIX selection (This bit is ignored when Register bit 27.9 = 1). BGA15 does not support the MDIX hardware configuration. 0 = Disable analog loopback 1 = Enable analog loopback (twisted-pair transmit outputs are active) Note: In fiber mode, SD for the port must be asserted. DTE Discovery Process Enable. 6 Dis_EN 0 = Disable DTE discovery process 1 = Enable DTE discovery process Restart auto-negotiation after writing to this bit to ensure proper operation. 5 Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read. Power Enable (Requires Auto-Negotiation Enable Register bit 0.12 = 1). 4 Power_EN 0 = Remote-Power DTE not discovered; process may not be complete. 1 = Potential Remote-Power DTE discovered; indication to turn on power over the cable. Standard Link Partner Detected. 3 SLP_Det 0 = Standard link partner not discovered; process may not be complete. 1 = Standard link partner discovered; indication not to turn on power over the cable. Note: This bit is only valid while link is down. 1. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 2. Default values for Register bits 27.11:10 are determined by the TxSLEW pins. 3. Default value for Register bit 27.9 is determined by the AMDIX_EN pin. 4. Default value for Register bit 27.8 is determined by the MDIX pin. BGA15 does not support the MDIX hardware configuration. The BGA15 default = 0. 5. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 229 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 100 7.0 Register Definitions Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B) (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Name Description Type5 Default R, LH 0 R 00 Link Fail Inhibit Timer expiration indicator. Valid only when SLP_Det = 1. 2 1:0 LFIT Expired 0 = Link Fail Inhibit Timer has not expired or standard link partner not discovered 1 = Link Fail Inhibit Timer expired with a standard link partner detected since last register read or link establishment Reserved Write as 0, ignore on Read. 1. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset. 2. Default values for Register bits 27.11:10 are determined by the TxSLEW pins. 3. Default value for Register bit 27.9 is determined by the AMDIX_EN pin. 4. Default value for Register bit 27.8 is determined by the MDIX pin. BGA15 does not support the MDIX hardware configuration. The BGA15 default = 0. 5. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only, LH = Latching High - cleared when read. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 230 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 101 7.0 Register Definitions Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D) Bit 15:14 13:11 Name Reserved Start-Test Description Write as 01, ignore on read 000 =Do not perform cable fault test (Default) 101 =Perform long cable fault test only 110 = Perform short cable fault test only Once Register bit 29.9 is set, the Start-Test bits will clear when read. Type1 Default2 R/W 01 R/W LH 000 R/W 0 R LH 0 R LH 0 R LH 0x00 Any other combination of the Register bit settings are reserved and should not be used. 10 CD_EN 9 Test_Done 8 Fault_Type 0 = Normal operation 1 = Enable cable diagnostic tests. Forces link to drop. 0 = Testing is still in progress 1 = Testing is complete The Line Fault Counter and Fault_Type bits are valid. 0 = Open condition has been detected 1 = Short Condition has been detected "FF" if no line fault is found, or 7:0 Line Fault Counter Distance to fault, approximately 1 m * counter value (refer to Section 4.13, Cable Diagnostics Overview, on page 181 for details). (Valid only when Test_Done bit is set.) 1. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read only, LH = Latching High, cleared when read 2. Recommended default value. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 231 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 102 Register Bit Map (Sheet 1 of 2) Bit Fields Reg Title B15 B1 4 B13 B1 2 B1 1 B1 0 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Ad dr Control Register (Address 0) Contro l Rese t Loo pba ck Spee d Selec t Pow er Do wn A/N Ena ble Isola te Re-st art A/N Dup lex Mod e CO L Test Spee d Sele ct 0 Reserved Status Register (Address 1) Status 100B ase-T 4 100 Bas e-X FullDupl ex 100B ase-X HalfDuple x 10 Mbp s FullDupl ex 10 Mbp s Half Dup lex 100 Base -T2 FullDupl ex 100B ase-T 2 HalfDuple x Ext end ed Stat us Res erve d MF Prea mble Supp ress A/N Com plete Rem ote Fault A/N Abilit y Link Statu s Jabb er Dete ct Ext end ed Cap abili ty 1 4 3 2 1 0 2 Mo del Vari ant 3 PHY ID Registers (Address 2 and 3) PHY ID 1 15 14 PHY ID2 13 12 11 10 9 8 PHY ID No 7 6 5 MFR Model No MFR Rev No Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4) A/N Advert ise Next Page Res erve d Rem ote Fault Res erve d Asy mm Pau se Paus e 100B ase-T 4 100 Bas e-T X FullDup lex 100 Bas e-T X 10Ba se-T FullDupl ex 10B aseT 4 IEEE Selector Field Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5) A/N Link Ability Next Page Ack Rem ote Fault Res erve d Asy mm Pau se Paus e 100B ase-T 4 100 Bas e-T X FullDup lex 100 Bas e-T X 10Ba se-T FullDupl ex 10B aseT 5 IEEE Selector Field Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6) A/N Expan sion Reserved Bas e Pag e Paral lel Dete ct Fault Link Partn er Next Page Able Next Page Able Pag e Rec eive d Link Part ner A/N Abl e 6 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7) A/N Next Page Txmit Next Page Res erve d Mess age Page Ack 2 Tog gle Message / Unformatted Code Field 7 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Ability Register (Address 8) A/N Link Next Page Next Page Ack Mess age Page Ack 2 Tog gle Message / Unformatted Code Field 8 Port Configuration Register (Address 16) Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 232 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 102 Register Bit Map (Sheet 2 of 2) Bit Fields Reg Title Port Config B15 Rese rved B1 4 Link Disa ble Ad dr B13 B1 2 B1 1 B1 0 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Txmit Disab le Byp ass Scra mbl er (100 BAS E-T X) Byp ass 4B/ 5B (10 0BA SETX) Jabb er (10T ) SQE (10T) TP Loo pba ck (10 T) Res erve d Rese rved PRE _EN Rese rved Rese rved Far End Fault Enab le Res erve d Fib er Sel ect 1 6 Paus e Error Rese rved Res erve d Res erv ed 1 7 Link Mask Isolat e Mask Rese rved Inter rupt Ena ble Test Inte rrup t 1 8 Link Chan ge Isolat e Chan ge MD Interr upt Res erve d Res erv ed 1 9 Puls e Stret ch Res erv ed 2 0 Quick Status Register (Address 17) Quick Status Rese rved 10/1 00 Mod e Trans mit Statu s Rec eive r Stat us Colli sion Stat us Link Duple x Mode Aut o-N eg Aut o-N eg Co mpl ete FIFO Error Pola rity Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18) Interr upt Enable Cou nter Mas k Reserved Aut o-N eg Mas k Spee d Mask Dupl ex Mas k Interrupt Status Register (Address 19) Interr upt Status RxE R Cou nter Full Reserved Aut o-N eg Don e Spee d Chan ge Dupl ex Cha nge LED Configuration Register (Address 20) LED Config LED1 LED2 LED3 LED Freq Receive Error Count Register (Address 21) Rcv Error Count 2 1 Receive Error Count Programmable RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Register 25) RMII OOB Signali ng Reserved Bit 1 Bit 0 Pro gra m RMI I 2 5 Trim Enable Register (Address 27) Trim Enable Per Port Rise Time Control Reserved AMDI X_EN MDI X Ana log Loo pba ck Dis_ EN Loop Back Spe ed Up Ena ble Pow er_E N SLP_ Det LFIT Expir ed Reserved 2 7 Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29) Cable Diagno stics Reserved Start-Test CD_E N TestDone Faul t_ Typ e Line Fault Counter Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers 2 9 Page 233 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 8.0 8.0 Package Specifications Package Specifications Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 234 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 64 8.0 Package Specifications 208-Pin PQFP Plastic Package Specification 208-Pin Plastic Quad Flat Package * Part Number LXT9785HC, LXT9785EHC, LXT9785HE * Commercial Temperature Range (0 C to 70 C) * Extended Temperature Range (-40 C to +85 C) D D1 e E1 E e /2 2 L1 A2 A A1 L 3 b Millimeters Dim A Min Max - 4.10 A1 0.25 - A2 3.20 3.60 b 0.17 0.27 D 30.30 30.90 D1 27.70 28.30 E 30.30 30.90 E1 27.70 28.30 e L .50 BASIC 0.50 L1 0.75 1.30 REF q 0 7 2 5 16 3 5 16 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 235 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 65 8.0 Package Specifications 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specifications - Top/Side Views (LXT9785BC) D D1 Pin A1 corner Pin A1 I.D. 14.70 REF E1 E 14.70 REF 45 Chamfer (4 places) Top View A2 A c 30 A1 Side View Seating Plane 241_pkg1.vsd Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 236 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 66 8.0 Package Specifications 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specifications - Bottom View (LXT9785BC) Pin A1 corner 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A B b C D E F G e H J K L M N P R T U J 241 BGA Bottom View l Table 103 e 241-Ball BGA23 Package Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2) Symbol Nominal Max Units A 2.19 2.38 2.57 mm A1 0.50 0.60 0.70 mm A2 1.12 1.17 1.22 mm D 22.90 23.00 23.10 mm D1 19.30 19.50 19.70 mm E 22.90 23.00 23.10 mm E1 19.30 19.50 19.70 mm e Note: Min 1.27 (solder ball pitch) mm I 1.34 REF. mm J 1.34 REF. mm M 17 x 17 Matrix mm All dimensions and tolerances conform to ANSI Y14.5-1982. Dimension is measured at maximum solder ball diameter parallel to primary datum (-C-). Primary datum (-C-) and seating plane are defined by the spherical crowns of the solder balls. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 237 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Table 103 8.0 Package Specifications 241-Ball BGA23 Package Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 2) Symbol Min Nominal Max Units b 0.60 0.75 0.90 mm c 0.52 0.56 0.60 mm e Note: Figure 67 1.27 mm All dimensions and tolerances conform to ANSI Y14.5-1982. Dimension is measured at maximum solder ball diameter parallel to primary datum (-C-). Primary datum (-C-) and seating plane are defined by the spherical crowns of the solder balls. 196-Ball BGA15 Package Specs - Top/Side Views (LXT9785MBC) Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 238 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 8.0 Package Specifications Figure 68 196-Ball BGA15 Package - Bottom View (LXT9785MBC) Table 104 196-Ball BGA15 Package Dimensions (LXT9785MBC) Symbol Nominal Max Units A 1.62 1.81 2.00 mm A1 0.30 0.40 0.50 mm A2 0.80 0.85 0.90 mm D 14.90 15.00 15.10 mm D1 12.80 13.00 13.20 mm E 14.90 15.00 15.10 mm 12.80 13.00 13.20 mm E1 e 1.00 (solder ball pitch) mm I 1.00 REF. mm J 1.00 REF. mm M 14 x 14 Matrix b 0.40 0.50 0.60 mm c 0.52 0.56 0.60 mm e Note: Min mm 1.00 mm All dimensions and tolerances conform to ANSI Y14.5-1982.Dimension is measured at maximum solder ball diameter parallel to primary datum (-C-). Primary datum (-C-) and seating plane are defined by the spherical crowns of the solder balls. Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 239 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 8.1 8.1 Top Label Markings Top Label Markings Figure 69 shows a sample PBGA package for the LXT9785/LXT9785E (Part numbers: FWLXT9785BC.C2V, FWLXT9785BC.D0 [241-Pin]). Notes: 1. In contrast to the Pb-Free (RoHS-compliant) PBGA package, the non-RoHS-compliant package does not have the "e1" symbol in the last line of the package label. 2. Further information regarding RoHS and lead-free components can be obtained from your local Cortina representative. Figure 69 Example of Top Marking Information Labeled as Cortina Systems, Inc. AAAOOOAAA AywwX00a Country of Origin Device Name FPO Traceability Code Earlier versions of the silicon may be marked as either Intel* or Level One Communications* as shown in the examples in Figure 70 and Figure 71. Figure 70 Example of Top Marking Information Labeled as Intel Corporation* Pin1 PRLXT9785C C2 Part Number XXXXXXXX FPO Number BSMC e1 e1 Pb-Free Indication FV Bottom Side Mark Code B 5944-01 Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 240 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 71 8.1 Top Label Markings Example of Top Marking Information Labeled as Level One Communications* YYWW Part# LOT# xxxx Date Code Trace Code LXT9785xx xxxxxxxxx Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 241 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 9.0 9.0 Ordering Information Ordering Information Table 105 and Figure 72 provide product ordering information. Table 105 Product Information Number Revision Package Type Pin Count RoHS Compliant FWLXT9785BC.D0 D0 PBGA 241 No PRLXT9785BC.D0 D0 PBGA 241 Yes FWLXT9785EBC.D0 D0 PBGA 241 No PRLXT9785EBC.D0 D0 PBGA 241 Yes FWLXT9785BC.C2V C2V PBGA 241 No PRLXT9785BC.C2V C2V PBGA 241 Yes FWLXT9785EBC.C2V C2V PBGA 241 No PRLXT9785EBC.C2V C2V PBGA 241 Yes GDLXT9785MBC.D0 D0 PBGA 196 No LULXT9785MBC.D0 D0 PBGA 196 Yes HBLXT9785HC.D0 D0 HQFP 208 No WBLXT9785HC.D0 D0 HQFP 208 Yes HBLXT9785EHC.D0 D0 HQFP 208 No WBLXT9785EHC.D0 D0 HQFP 208 Yes HBLXT9785HE.D0 D0 HQFP 208 No WBLXT9785HE.D0 D0 HQFP 208 Yes HBLXT9785EHC.C2V C2V HQFP 208 No WBLXT9785EHC.C2V C2V HQFP 208 Yes HBLXT9785HC.C2V C2V HQFP 208 No WBLXT9785HC.C2V C2V HQFP 208 Yes HBLXT9785HE.C2V C2V HQFP 208 No WBLXT9785HE.C2V C2V HQFP 208 Yes Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 242 LXT9785/LXT9785E Datasheet 249241, Revision 12.0 04 November 2011 Figure 72 9.0 Ordering Information Ordering Information - Sample FW LXT 9785E B C A6 S E001 Build Format E000 = Tray E001 = Tape and reel Qualification = Pre-production material Q = Production material S Product Revision = 2 Alphanumeric characters xn Temperature Range = Ambient (0 - 55 C) A = Commercial (0 - 70 C) C = Extended (-40 - +85 C) E Internal Package Designator = LQFP L = PLCC P = DIP N = PQFP Q = QFP with heat spreader H = TQFP T = BGA B = TBGA E = HSBGA (BGA with heat slug) K xxxx = 3-5 Digit Alphanumeric Product Code Product Prefix LXT = PHY layer device = Formatting device (MAC) IXF Package Designator = LQFP DJ FA = TQFP = PBGA (<1.0 mm pitch) FL FW = PBGA (1.27mm pitch) HB = QFP with heat spreader HD = QFP with heat slug HG = SOIC = QFP S GC = TBGA = PLCC N 1. LXT9785 = Nominal device LXT9785E = DTE detection feature LXT9785MBC = 196 ball BGA with DTE detection feature Cortina Systems(R) LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers Page 243 TM For additional product and ordering information: www.cortina-systems.com ~ End of Document ~